diff --git a/cross/lib/COPYING b/cross/lib/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index f288702d2fa..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
- The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
- Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
- For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
- Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
- Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- 0. Definitions.
-
- "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
- "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
- "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
- To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
- A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
- To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
- To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
- An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
- 1. Source Code.
-
- The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
- A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
- The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
- The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
- The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
- The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
- 2. Basic Permissions.
-
- All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
- You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
- Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
- 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
- No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
- When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
- 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
- You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
- You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
- 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
- You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
- it, and giving a relevant date.
-
- b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
- released under this License and any conditions added under section
- 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
- "keep intact all notices".
-
- c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
- License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
- License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
- additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
- regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
- permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
- invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
- d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
- Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
- interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
- work need not make them do so.
-
- A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
- 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
- You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
- a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
- Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
- customarily used for software interchange.
-
- b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
- (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
- written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
- long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
- model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
- copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
- product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
- medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
- more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
- conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
- Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
- c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
- written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
- alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
- only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
- with subsection 6b.
-
- d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
- place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
- Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
- further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
- Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
- copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
- may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
- that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
- clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
- Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
- Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
- available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
- e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
- you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
- Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
- charge under subsection 6d.
-
- A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
- A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
- "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
- If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
- The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
- Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
- 7. Additional Terms.
-
- "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
- When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
- a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
- terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
- b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
- author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
- Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
- c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
- requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
- reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
- d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
- authors of the material; or
-
- e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
- trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
- f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
- material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
- it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
- any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
- those licensors and authors.
-
- All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
- If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
- Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
- 8. Termination.
-
- You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
- 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
- You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
- 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
- Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
- An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
- You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
- 11. Patents.
-
- A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
- A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
- Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
- In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
- If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
- If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
- A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
- Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
- 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
- If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
- 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
- Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
- 14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
- If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
- Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
- 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
- THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. Limitation of Liability.
-
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
- If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-
- Copyright (C)
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
- If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Copyright (C)
- This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
- You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-.
-
- The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
-.
diff --git a/cross/lib/_Noreturn.h b/cross/lib/_Noreturn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ecea98b54a..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/_Noreturn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* A C macro for declaring that a function does not return.
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _Noreturn
-# if (defined __cplusplus \
- && ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
- || (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
- && 0)
- /* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
- extern _Noreturn void func (...);
- would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
- and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword. However, some
- AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
- this syntax with 'extern'. */
-# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
-# elif (defined __clang__ && __clang_major__ < 16 \
- && defined _GL_WORK_AROUND_LLVM_BUG_59792)
- /* Compile with -D_GL_WORK_AROUND_LLVM_BUG_59792 to work around
- that rare LLVM bug, though you may get many false-alarm warnings. */
-# define _Noreturn
-# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
- && (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
- || (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
- && (4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
- || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
- ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
- : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))))
- /* _Noreturn works as-is. */
-# elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__ \
- || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
-# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
-# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
-# else
-# define _Noreturn
-# endif
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/acl-errno-valid.c b/cross/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4fd575e3f3..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/acl-errno-valid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* Test whether ACLs are well supported on this system.
-
- Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-/* Return true if errno value ERRNUM indicates that ACLs are well
- supported on this system. ERRNUM should be an errno value obtained
- after an ACL-related system call fails. */
-bool
-acl_errno_valid (int errnum)
-{
- /* Recognize some common errors such as from an NFS mount that does
- not support ACLs, even when local drives do. */
- switch (errnum)
- {
- case EBUSY: return false;
- case EINVAL: return false;
-#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
- case ENOENT: return false;
-#endif
- case ENOSYS: return false;
-
-#if defined ENOTSUP && ENOTSUP != EOPNOTSUPP
-# if ENOTSUP != ENOSYS /* Needed for the MS-Windows port of GNU Emacs. */
- case ENOTSUP: return false;
-# endif
-#endif
-
- case EOPNOTSUPP: return false;
- default: return true;
- }
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/acl-internal.c b/cross/lib/acl-internal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fbe9b2c9a06..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/acl-internal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,507 +0,0 @@
-/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-
- Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
-
-#include
-
-#include "acl.h"
-
-#include "acl-internal.h"
-
-#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
-
-# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
-
-/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
- Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial. */
-int
-acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
-{
- /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
- return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
-}
-
-# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
-
-/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
- Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
- Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
-int
-acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
-{
- /* acl is non-trivial if it has some entries other than for "user::",
- "group::", and "other::". Normally these three should be present
- at least, allowing us to write
- return (3 < acl_entries (acl));
- but the following code is more robust. */
-# if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
-
- acl_entry_t ace;
- int got_one;
-
- for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
- got_one > 0;
- got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
- {
- acl_tag_t tag;
- if (acl_get_tag_type (ace, &tag) < 0)
- return -1;
- if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
- return 1;
- }
- return got_one;
-
-# elif HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
- /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
-
- int count = acl->acl_cnt;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- acl_entry_t ace = &acl->acl_entry[i];
- acl_tag_t tag = ace->ae_tag;
-
- if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ
- || tag == ACL_OTHER_OBJ))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-
-# elif HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
- /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not work. */
-
- int count = acl->acl_num;
- acl_entry_t ace;
-
- for (ace = acl->acl_first; count > 0; ace = ace->next, count--)
- {
- acl_tag_t tag;
- acl_perm_t perm;
-
- tag = ace->entry->acl_type;
- if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
- return 1;
-
- perm = ace->entry->acl_perm;
- /* On Tru64, perm can also contain non-standard bits such as
- PERM_INSERT, PERM_DELETE, PERM_MODIFY, PERM_LOOKUP, ... */
- if ((perm & ~(ACL_READ | ACL_WRITE | ACL_EXECUTE)) != 0)
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-
-# else
-
- errno = ENOSYS;
- return -1;
-# endif
-}
-
-int
-acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
-{
- /* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
- return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
-}
-
-# endif
-
-#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
-
-/* Test an ACL retrieved with GETACL.
- Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- aclent_t *ace = &entries[i];
-
- /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
- If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
- We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
- if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ
- || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ
- || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ
- /* Note: Cygwin does not return a CLASS_OBJ ("mask:") entry
- sometimes. */
- || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-# ifdef ACE_GETACL
-
-/* A shortcut for a bitmask. */
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA (NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA)
-
-/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
- Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries)
-{
- int i;
-
- /* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
- when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in version 1.15.
- How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
- In the old convention, usually three ACEs have a_flags = ACE_OWNER /
- ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400. In the new
- convention, these values are not used. */
- int old_convention = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
- {
- old_convention = 1;
- break;
- }
-
- if (old_convention)
- /* Running on Solaris 10. */
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
-
- /* Note:
- If ace->a_flags = ACE_OWNER, ace->a_who is the st_uid from stat().
- If ace->a_flags = ACE_GROUP, ace->a_who is the st_gid from stat().
- We don't need to check ace->a_who in these cases. */
- if (!(ace->a_type == OLD_ALLOW
- && (ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OWNER
- || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_GROUP
- || ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OTHER)))
- return 1;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11. */
- unsigned int access_masks[6] =
- {
- 0, /* owner@ deny */
- 0, /* owner@ allow */
- 0, /* group@ deny */
- 0, /* group@ allow */
- 0, /* everyone@ deny */
- 0 /* everyone@ allow */
- };
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
- unsigned int index1;
- unsigned int index2;
-
- if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE)
- index1 = 1;
- else if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE)
- index1 = 0;
- else
- return 1;
-
- if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_OWNER)
- index2 = 0;
- else if (ace->a_flags == (NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP))
- index2 = 2;
- else if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_EVERYONE)
- index2 = 4;
- else
- return 1;
-
- access_masks[index1 + index2] |= ace->a_access_mask;
- }
-
- /* The same bit shouldn't be both allowed and denied. */
- if (access_masks[0] & access_masks[1])
- return 1;
- if (access_masks[2] & access_masks[3])
- return 1;
- if (access_masks[4] & access_masks[5])
- return 1;
-
- /* Check minimum masks. */
- if ((NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER)
- & ~ access_masks[1])
- return 1;
- access_masks[1] &= ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER);
- if ((NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE)
- & ~ access_masks[5])
- return 1;
- access_masks[5] &= ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE);
-
- /* Check the allowed or denied bits. */
- switch ((access_masks[0] | access_masks[1])
- & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
- {
- case 0:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- break;
- default:
- return 1;
- }
- switch ((access_masks[2] | access_masks[3])
- & ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
- {
- case 0:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- break;
- default:
- return 1;
- }
- switch ((access_masks[4] | access_masks[5])
- & ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
- | NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER))
- {
- case 0:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
- case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
- break;
- default:
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* Check that the NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA and NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA bits are
- either both allowed or both denied. */
- if (((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
- != ((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
- return 1;
- if (((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
- != ((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
- return 1;
- if (((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
- != ((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-# endif
-
-#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries)
-{
- int i;
-
- if (count > 3)
- return 1;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- struct acl_entry *ace = &entries[i];
-
- if (ace->uid != ACL_NSUSER && ace->gid != ACL_NSGROUP)
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
-
- /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
- If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
- We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
- if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
- || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
- || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
- || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-# endif
-
-#elif USE_ACL && (HAVE_ACLX_GET || HAVE_STATACL) /* AIX */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a)
-{
- /* The normal way to iterate through an ACL is like this:
- struct acl_entry *ace;
- for (ace = a->acl_ext; ace != acl_last (a); ace = acl_nxt (ace))
- {
- struct ace_id *aei;
- switch (ace->ace_type)
- {
- case ACC_PERMIT:
- case ACC_DENY:
- case ACC_SPECIFY:
- ...;
- }
- for (aei = ace->ace_id; aei != id_last (ace); aei = id_nxt (aei))
- ...
- }
- */
- return (acl_last (a) != a->acl_ext ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-# if HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* newer AIX */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_nfs4_nontrivial (nfs4_acl_int_t *a)
-{
-# if 1 /* let's try this first */
- return (a->aclEntryN > 0 ? 1 : 0);
-# else
- int count = a->aclEntryN;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- nfs4_ace_int_t *ace = &a->aclEntry[i];
-
- if (!((ace->flags & ACE4_ID_SPECIAL) != 0
- && (ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_OWNER
- || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_GROUP
- || ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE)
- && ace->aceType == ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE
- && ace->aceFlags == 0
- && (ace->aceMask & ~(ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY
- | ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE
- | ACE4_EXECUTE)) == 0))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-# endif
-}
-
-# endif
-
-#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
-
-/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACL_GET.
- Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-int
-acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
-
- /* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
- If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
- We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
- if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
- || ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
- || ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
- || ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-void
-free_permission_context (struct permission_context *ctx)
-{
-#if USE_ACL
-# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- if (ctx->acl)
- acl_free (ctx->acl);
-# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
- if (ctx->default_acl)
- acl_free (ctx->default_acl);
-# endif
-
-# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
- free (ctx->entries);
-# ifdef ACE_GETACL
- free (ctx->ace_entries);
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
-
-# if HAVE_ACLV_H
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
-
-# endif
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/acl-internal.h b/cross/lib/acl-internal.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c97e847cdc5..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/acl-internal.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/* Internal implementation of access control lists. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-
- Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
-
-#include "acl.h"
-
-#include
-
-/* All systems define the ACL related API in . */
-#if HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
-# include
-#endif
-#if defined HAVE_FACL && ! defined GETACLCNT && defined ACL_CNT
-# define GETACLCNT ACL_CNT
-#endif
-
-/* On Linux and Cygwin >= 2.5, additional ACL related API is available in
- . */
-#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
-# include
-#endif
-
-/* On HP-UX >= 11.11, additional ACL API is available in . */
-#if HAVE_ACLV_H
-# include
-# include
-/* HP-UX 11.11 lacks these declarations. */
-extern int acl (char *, int, int, struct acl *);
-extern int aclsort (int, int, struct acl *);
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
-# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
-# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE
-# define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#if USE_ACL
-
-# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
-/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version. */
-/* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
-
-# ifndef MIN_ACL_ENTRIES
-# define MIN_ACL_ENTRIES 4
-# endif
-
-/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
-# ifdef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
-/* Most platforms have a 1-argument acl_get_fd, only OSF/1 has a 2-argument
- macro(!). */
-# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
-ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE acl_t
-rpl_acl_get_fd (int fd)
-{
- return acl_get_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
-}
-# undef acl_get_fd
-# define acl_get_fd rpl_acl_get_fd
-# endif
-# else
-# define HAVE_ACL_GET_FD false
-# undef acl_get_fd
-# define acl_get_fd(fd) (NULL)
-# endif
-
-/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
-# ifdef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
-/* Most platforms have a 2-argument acl_set_fd, only OSF/1 has a 3-argument
- macro(!). */
-# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
-ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE int
-rpl_acl_set_fd (int fd, acl_t acl)
-{
- return acl_set_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl);
-}
-# undef acl_set_fd
-# define acl_set_fd rpl_acl_set_fd
-# endif
-# else
-# define HAVE_ACL_SET_FD false
-# undef acl_set_fd
-# define acl_set_fd(fd, acl) (-1)
-# endif
-
-/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 13) */
-# if ! HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
-# define acl_free_text(buf) acl_free (buf)
-# endif
-
-/* Linux-specific */
-/* Cygwin >= 2.5 implements this function, but it returns 1 for all
- directories, thus is unusable. */
-# if !defined HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE || defined __CYGWIN__
-# undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
-# define HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE false
-# define acl_extended_file(name) (-1)
-# endif
-
-# if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
-# define acl_from_mode (NULL)
-# endif
-
-/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
-# if (HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE && HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP) || defined __sgi /* Mac OS X, IRIX */
-# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
-# endif
-
-/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
- Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
-/* Define a replacement for acl_entries if needed. (Only Linux has it.) */
-# if !HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
-# define acl_entries rpl_acl_entries
-extern int acl_entries (acl_t);
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
-/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
- Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial. */
-extern int acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t);
-# else
-/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
- Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
- Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
-extern int acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t);
-
-/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.
- Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
- Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
-extern int acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t);
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
-
-/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
-# if defined __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin */
-# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
-# endif
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
-
-# ifdef ACE_GETACL /* Solaris 10 */
-
-/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
- Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
-
-/* Definitions for when the built executable is executed on Solaris 10
- (newer version) or Solaris 11. */
-/* For a_type. */
-# define OLD_ALLOW 0
-# define OLD_DENY 1
-# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0 /* replaces ALLOW */
-# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE 1 /* replaces DENY */
-/* For a_flags. */
-# define OLD_ACE_OWNER 0x0100
-# define OLD_ACE_GROUP 0x0200
-# define OLD_ACE_OTHER 0x0400
-# define NEW_ACE_OWNER 0x1000
-# define NEW_ACE_GROUP 0x2000
-# define NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP 0x0040
-# define NEW_ACE_EVERYONE 0x4000
-/* For a_access_mask. */
-# define NEW_ACE_READ_DATA 0x001 /* corresponds to 'r' */
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA 0x002 /* corresponds to 'w' */
-# define NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA 0x004
-# define NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS 0x008
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x010
-# define NEW_ACE_EXECUTE 0x020
-# define NEW_ACE_DELETE_CHILD 0x040
-# define NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES 0x080
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES 0x100
-# define NEW_ACE_DELETE 0x10000
-# define NEW_ACE_READ_ACL 0x20000
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL 0x40000
-# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER 0x80000
-# define NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE 0x100000
-
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries);
-
-# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
-
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && 0 /* AIX */
-
-/* TODO */
-
-# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a);
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
-
-/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
- Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
-extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
-
-# endif
-
-/* Set to 1 if a file's mode is implicit by the ACL. */
-# ifndef MODE_INSIDE_ACL
-# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 1
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
-struct permission_context {
- mode_t mode;
-#if USE_ACL
-# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- acl_t acl;
-# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
- acl_t default_acl;
-# endif
- bool acls_not_supported;
-
-# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
- int count;
- aclent_t *entries;
-# ifdef ACE_GETACL
- int ace_count;
- ace_t *ace_entries;
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
- struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
- int count;
-# if HAVE_ACLV_H
- struct acl aclv_entries[NACLVENTRIES];
- int aclv_count;
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
- union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
- bool have_u;
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
- struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
- int count;
-
-# endif
-#endif
-};
-
-int get_permissions (const char *, int, mode_t, struct permission_context *);
-int set_permissions (struct permission_context *, const char *, int);
-void free_permission_context (struct permission_context *);
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
diff --git a/cross/lib/acl.h b/cross/lib/acl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 58e5797179e..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/acl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* acl.c - access control lists
-
- Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_ACL_H
-#define _GL_ACL_H 1
-
-#include
-#include
-
-bool acl_errno_valid (int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
-int file_has_acl (char const *, struct stat const *);
-int qset_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
-int set_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
-int qcopy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
-int copy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
-int chmod_or_fchmod (char const *, int, mode_t);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/acl_entries.c b/cross/lib/acl_entries.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a59ace3f404..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/acl_entries.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Return the number of entries in an ACL.
-
- Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher. */
-
-#include
-
-#include "acl-internal.h"
-
-/* This file assumes POSIX-draft like ACLs
- (Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5). */
-
-/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
- Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
-
-int
-acl_entries (acl_t acl)
-{
- int count = 0;
-
- if (acl != NULL)
- {
-#if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
-# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
- /* acl_get_entry returns 0 when it successfully fetches an entry,
- and -1/EINVAL at the end. */
- acl_entry_t ace;
- int got_one;
-
- for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
- got_one >= 0;
- got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
- count++;
-# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- /* acl_get_entry returns 1 when it successfully fetches an entry,
- and 0 at the end. */
- acl_entry_t ace;
- int got_one;
-
- for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
- got_one > 0;
- got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
- count++;
- if (got_one < 0)
- return -1;
-# endif
-#else /* IRIX, Tru64 */
-# if HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
- /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
- count = acl->acl_cnt;
-# endif
-# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
- /* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not
- work. */
- count = acl->acl_num;
-# endif
-#endif
- }
-
- return count;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/af_alg.h b/cross/lib/af_alg.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e8ffb3f7a09..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/af_alg.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/* af_alg.h - Compute message digests from file streams and buffers.
- Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Matteo Croce , 2018.
- Documentation by Bruno Haible , 2018. */
-
-/* Declare specific functions for computing message digests
- using the Linux kernel crypto API, if available. This kernel API gives
- access to specialized crypto instructions (that would also be available
- in user space) or to crypto devices (not directly available in user space).
-
- For a more complete set of facilities that use the Linux kernel crypto API,
- look at libkcapi. */
-
-#ifndef AF_ALG_H
-# define AF_ALG_H 1
-
-# include
-# include
-
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-# endif
-
-# if USE_LINUX_CRYPTO_API
-
-/* Compute a message digest of a memory region.
-
- The memory region starts at BUFFER and is LEN bytes long.
-
- ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
-
- RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
- HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
-
- alg | hashlen
- -------+--------
- md5 | 16
- sha1 | 20
- sha224 | 28
- sha256 | 32
- sha384 | 48
- sha512 | 64
-
- If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
- Upon failure, return a negated error number. */
-int
-afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
- void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
-
-/* Compute a message digest of data read from STREAM.
-
- STREAM is an open file stream. The last operation on STREAM should
- not be 'ungetc', and if STREAM is also open for writing it should
- have been fflushed since its last write. Read from the current
- position to the end of STREAM. Handle regular files efficiently.
-
- ALG is the message digest algorithm; see the file /proc/crypto.
-
- RESBLOCK points to a block of HASHLEN bytes, for the result.
- HASHLEN must be the length of the message digest, in bytes, in particular:
-
- alg | hashlen
- -------+--------
- md5 | 16
- sha1 | 20
- sha224 | 28
- sha256 | 32
- sha384 | 48
- sha512 | 64
-
- If successful, fill RESBLOCK and return 0.
- Upon failure, return a negated error number.
- Unless returning 0 or -EIO, restore STREAM's file position so that
- the caller can fall back on some other method. */
-int
-afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
- void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen);
-
-# else
-
-static inline int
-afalg_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, const char *alg,
- void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
-{
- return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
-}
-
-static inline int
-afalg_stream (FILE *stream, const char *alg,
- void *resblock, ssize_t hashlen)
-{
- return -EAFNOSUPPORT;
-}
-
-# endif
-
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-# endif
-
-#endif /* AF_ALG_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/alloca.in.h b/cross/lib/alloca.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a1bb3d758dc..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/alloca.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/* Memory allocation on the stack.
-
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation,
- Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
- means there is a real alloca function. */
-#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
-#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
-
-/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
- allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
- Use of alloca should be avoided:
- - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
- calling function returns,
- - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
- the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
- request, the program just crashes.
- */
-
-#ifndef alloca
- /* Some version of mingw have an that causes trouble when
- included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround,
- include this first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards
- if needed. */
-# if defined __GNUC__ && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
-# include_next
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef alloca
-# if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# elif defined _AIX
-# define alloca __alloca
-# elif defined _MSC_VER
-# include
-# define alloca _alloca
-# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
-# define alloca __ALLOCA
-# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-# endif
-void *_alloca (unsigned short);
-# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
-# define alloca _alloca
-# elif defined __MVS__
-# include
-# else
-# include
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-# endif
-void *alloca (size_t);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/allocator.c b/cross/lib/allocator.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 922be1fce8d..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/allocator.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
-
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
-#include
-#include "allocator.h"
-#include
-struct allocator const stdlib_allocator = { malloc, realloc, free, NULL };
diff --git a/cross/lib/allocator.h b/cross/lib/allocator.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c830d01cda..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/allocator.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Memory allocators such as malloc+free.
-
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
-#define _GL_ALLOCATOR_H
-
-#include
-
-/* An object describing a memory allocator family. */
-
-struct allocator
-{
- /* Do not use GCC attributes such as __attribute__ ((malloc)) with
- the function types pointed at by these members, because these
- attributes do not work with pointers to functions. See
- . */
-
- /* Call ALLOCATE to allocate memory, like 'malloc'. On failure ALLOCATE
- should return NULL, though not necessarily set errno. When given
- a zero size it may return NULL even if successful. */
- void *(*allocate) (size_t);
-
- /* If nonnull, call REALLOCATE to reallocate memory, like 'realloc'.
- On failure REALLOCATE should return NULL, though not necessarily set
- errno. When given a zero size it may return NULL even if
- successful. */
- void *(*reallocate) (void *, size_t);
-
- /* Call FREE to free memory, like 'free'. */
- void (*free) (void *);
-
- /* If nonnull, call DIE (SIZE) if MALLOC (SIZE) or REALLOC (...,
- SIZE) fails. DIE should not return. SIZE should equal SIZE_MAX
- if size_t overflow was detected while calculating sizes to be
- passed to MALLOC or REALLOC. */
- void (*die) (size_t);
-};
-
-/* An allocator using the stdlib functions and a null DIE function. */
-extern struct allocator const stdlib_allocator;
-
-#endif /* _GL_ALLOCATOR_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/arg-nonnull.h b/cross/lib/arg-nonnull.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9498ae1f7da..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/arg-nonnull.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
- Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
- that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
- n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
-#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
-# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
-# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
-# else
-# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
-# endif
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/asnprintf.c b/cross/lib/asnprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f4861bf8457..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/asnprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* Formatted output to strings.
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include "vasnprintf.h"
-
-#include
-
-char *
-asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- char *result;
-
- va_start (args, format);
- result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
- va_end (args);
- return result;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/asprintf.c b/cross/lib/asprintf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ba58e06481f..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/asprintf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/* Formatted output to strings.
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
- Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
-# include "vasprintf.h"
-#else
-# include
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-int
-asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- int result;
-
- va_start (args, format);
- result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
- va_end (args);
- return result;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/assert.in.h b/cross/lib/assert.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b0ab99c776e..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/assert.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* Substitute for and wrapper around
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Do not guard the include, since is supposed to define
- the assert macro each time it is included. */
-
-#if __GNUC__ >= 3
-@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
-#endif
-@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
-
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ASSERT_H@
-
-/* The definition of static_assert is copied here. */
diff --git a/cross/lib/at-func.c b/cross/lib/at-func.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 13e3fb32056..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/at-func.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
- Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
-
-#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
-# include
-# ifndef ENOTSUP
-# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
-# endif
-#else
-# include "openat.h"
-# include "openat-priv.h"
-# include "save-cwd.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
-# define CALL_FUNC(F) \
- (flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \
- ? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \
- : AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
-# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) \
- if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND) \
- { \
- errno = EINVAL; \
- return FUNC_FAIL; \
- }
-#else
-# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
-# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
-# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
-#else
-# define FUNC_RESULT int
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
-# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
-#else
-# define FUNC_FAIL -1
-#endif
-
-/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
- open on descriptor FD. If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
- AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
- call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
- AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND. Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
- or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined. If possible, do it without changing the
- working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
- then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
- fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
-FUNC_RESULT
-AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
-{
- VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
-
- if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
- return CALL_FUNC (file);
-
-#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
- errno = ENOTSUP;
- return FUNC_FAIL;
-#else
- {
- /* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
- AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS. */
- struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
- int saved_errno;
- FUNC_RESULT err;
-
- {
- char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
- char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
- if (proc_file)
- {
- FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
- int proc_errno = errno;
- if (proc_file != proc_buf)
- free (proc_file);
- /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
- errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
- and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
- if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
- return proc_result;
- if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
- {
- errno = proc_errno;
- return proc_result;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
- openat_save_fail (errno);
- if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
- {
- /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
- requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
- begin with. */
- free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
- errno = EBADF;
- return FUNC_FAIL;
- }
-
- if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
- {
- saved_errno = errno;
- free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
- errno = saved_errno;
- return FUNC_FAIL;
- }
-
- err = CALL_FUNC (file);
- saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
-
- if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
- openat_restore_fail (errno);
-
- free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
-
- if (saved_errno)
- errno = saved_errno;
- return err;
- }
-#endif
-}
-#undef CALL_FUNC
-#undef FUNC_RESULT
-#undef FUNC_FAIL
diff --git a/cross/lib/attribute.h b/cross/lib/attribute.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 130644d8798..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/attribute.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
-
- Copyright 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
- macros used within Gnulib. */
-
-/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
- - At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
- specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
- by the declaration.
- - Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
- declaration; then they apply to that entity only. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
-#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
-
-
-/* This file defines two types of attributes:
- * C23 standard attributes. These have macro names that do not begin with
- 'ATTRIBUTE_'.
- * Selected GCC attributes; see:
- https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
- https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
- https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
- These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes. */
-
-
-/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== */
-
-/* Attributes for functions that should not be used. */
-
-/* Warn if the entity is used. */
-/* Applies to:
- - function, variable,
- - struct, union, struct/union member,
- - enumeration, enumeration item,
- - typedef,
- in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization. */
-#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
-
-/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
-
-/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
-
-
-/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions. */
-
-/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
-
-/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
- is the size of the returned memory block.
- ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
- to determine the size of the returned memory block. */
-/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
-
-/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
- that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
- function F.
- ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
- can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'. */
-/* Applies to: functions. Cannot be used on inline functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
-#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
-
-/* Attributes for variadic functions. */
-
-/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
- ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
- ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
-
-
-/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
-
-/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
- Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations. */
-
-/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
- The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
- ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
- printf, gnu_printf
- scanf, gnu_scanf,
- strftime, gnu_strftime,
- strfmon,
- or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
- If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
- are suitable for the format string. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
-
-/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
- ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
-
-/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
-
-/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
- unless the caller uses something like ignore_value. */
-/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class. */
-#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
-
-
-/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
- programmer "mistakes". */
-
-/* Do not warn if the entity is not used. */
-/* Applies to:
- - function, variable,
- - struct, union, struct/union member,
- - enumeration, enumeration item,
- - typedef,
- in C++ also: class. */
-#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
-
-/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated. */
-/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
- type '[[un]signed] char'. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
-
-/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
- following 'case' or 'default' label. */
-/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement. */
-#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
-
-
-/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== */
-
-/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler. */
-
-/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging. */
-/* Applies to: function. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
-
-/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'. */
-/* Applies to: functions, variables. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
-
-
-/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== */
-
-/* The function does not throw exceptions. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
-
-/* Do not inline the function. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
-
-/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
- cannot inline. */
-/* Applies to: function. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
-
-/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
- This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
- nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
- e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
- (This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.) */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
-
-/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
- arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
- This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
- observable state, and always returns exactly once.
- (This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.) */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-
-/* The function is rarely executed. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
-
-/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
- code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
- letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
-
-/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
- For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
- minimizing the memory required. */
-/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
- in C++ also: class. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
-
-
-/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
-
-/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
- fully ISO C compliant. */
-
-/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
- other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization. */
-/* Applies to: types. */
-#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
-
-
-#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/binary-io.c b/cross/lib/binary-io.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 28a9e6ed69c..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/binary-io.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/* Binary mode I/O.
- Copyright 2017-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "binary-io.h"
-
-#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
-# include
-
-int
-set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
-{
- if (isatty (fd))
- /* If FD refers to a console (not a pipe, not a regular file),
- O_TEXT is the only reasonable mode, both on input and on output.
- Silently ignore the request. If we were to return -1 here,
- all programs that use xset_binary_mode would fail when run
- with console input or console output. */
- return O_TEXT;
- else
- return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/binary-io.h b/cross/lib/binary-io.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f4db253354..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/binary-io.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Binary mode I/O.
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _BINARY_H
-#define _BINARY_H
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
- O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib . */
-#include
-
-/* The MSVC7 doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
- so we include it here first. */
-#include
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
-# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#if O_BINARY
-# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
-# include /* declares setmode() */
-# define __gl_setmode setmode
-# else
-# define __gl_setmode _setmode
-# undef fileno
-# define fileno _fileno
-# endif
-#else
- /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice. */
- /* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
- "warning: statement with no effect". */
-BINARY_IO_INLINE int
-__gl_setmode (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED int mode)
-{
- return O_BINARY;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
- Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
- Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
- its old name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
- to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name. */
-
-#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
-extern int set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode);
-#else
-BINARY_IO_INLINE int
-set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
-{
- return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
-}
-#endif
-
-/* This macro is obsolescent. */
-#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif /* _BINARY_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/byteswap.in.h b/cross/lib/byteswap.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e61be27e917..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/byteswap.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/* byteswap.h - Byte swapping
- Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Oskar Liljeblad , 2005.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _GL_BYTESWAP_H
-#define _GL_BYTESWAP_H
-
-/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
- X with reversed byte order. */
-#define bswap_16(x) ((((x) & 0x00FF) << 8) | \
- (((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8))
-
-/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
- X with reversed byte order. */
-#define bswap_32(x) ((((x) & 0x000000FF) << 24) | \
- (((x) & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | \
- (((x) & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) | \
- (((x) & 0xFF000000) >> 24))
-
-/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding to
- X with reversed byte order. */
-#define bswap_64(x) ((((x) & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) | \
- (((x) & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) | \
- (((x) & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) | \
- (((x) & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) | \
- (((x) & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) | \
- (((x) & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) | \
- (((x) & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) | \
- (((x) & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56))
-
-#endif /* _GL_BYTESWAP_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/c++defs.h b/cross/lib/c++defs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ad46951ad4..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c++defs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
- Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
-#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
-
-/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
-# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
-#else
-# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
-#endif
-
-/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
-
- * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
- platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
- it exists:
-
- #if @GNULIB_FOO@
- # if !@HAVE_FOO@
- _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
- # endif
- _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
- #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
- ...
- #endif
-
- * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
- but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
-
- #if @GNULIB_FOO@
- # if @REPLACE_FOO@
- # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
- # undef foo
- # define foo rpl_foo
- # endif
- _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
- # else
- _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
- # endif
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
- #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
- ...
- #endif
-
- * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
- but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
- is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
-
- #if @GNULIB_FOO@
- # if @REPLACE_FOO@
- # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
- # undef foo
- # define foo rpl_foo
- # endif
- _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
- # else
- # if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
- _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
- # endif
- _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
- # endif
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
- #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
- ...
- #endif
-*/
-
-/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
- performs the declaration with C linkage. */
-#if defined __cplusplus
-# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
-#else
-# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
- declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
- consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
- Example:
- _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
- */
-#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
- _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
-#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
-
-/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
- declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
- consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
- Example:
- _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
- */
-#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
- declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
- that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
- Example:
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-
- Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
- avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
- actually used in the program. */
-#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
- namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
- { \
- static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
- { \
- typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
- \
- inline operator type () const \
- { \
- return ::rpl_func; \
- } \
- } func = {}; \
- } \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
- is to be used when func is a Microsoft deprecated alias, on native Windows.
- It declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
- that redirects to _func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
- Example:
- _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
- */
-#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA(func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
- is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
- except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
- declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
- that would otherwise occur. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
- namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
- { \
- static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
- { \
- typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
- \
- inline operator type () const \
- { \
- return reinterpret_cast(::rpl_func); \
- } \
- } func = {}; \
- } \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
- is like _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
- except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
- A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
- otherwise occur. */
-#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
- declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
- that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
- is defined.
- Example:
- _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-
- Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
- avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
- actually used in the program. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
- namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
- { \
- static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
- { \
- typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
- \
- inline operator type () const \
- { \
- return ::func; \
- } \
- } func = {}; \
- } \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
- is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
- except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
- A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
- otherwise occur. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
- namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
- { \
- static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
- { \
- typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
- \
- inline operator type () const \
- { \
- return reinterpret_cast(::func); \
- } \
- } func = {}; \
- } \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
- is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
- except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
- namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
- are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
- errors that would otherwise occur. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
- /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
- The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
- functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
- When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
- reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
- namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
- { \
- static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
- { \
- typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
- \
- inline operator type () const \
- { \
- return reinterpret_cast((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
- } \
- } func = {}; \
- } \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
- causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
- GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
- variants. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
-/* To work around GCC bug ,
- we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
-# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
- _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
- "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
- "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
-# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
- extern __typeof__ (func) func
-# else
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-# endif
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
- causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
- is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
- GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
- _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
-/* To work around GCC bug ,
- we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
-# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
- _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
- "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
- "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
-# else
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-# endif
-#else
-# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
- _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/c-ctype.c b/cross/lib/c-ctype.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a4343f445f0..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c-ctype.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-/* Character handling in C locale.
-
- Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "c-ctype.h"
diff --git a/cross/lib/c-ctype.h b/cross/lib/c-ctype.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35ca83d7d43..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c-ctype.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-/* Character handling in C locale.
-
- These functions work like the corresponding functions in ,
- except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
- functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
- setlocale.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
-#define C_CTYPE_H
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
-# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
- set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
- Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
- character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
- is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
- characters. */
-
-
-#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
- && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
- && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
- && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
- && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
- && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
- && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
- && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
- && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
- && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
- && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
- && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
- && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
- && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
- && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
- && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
- && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
- && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
- && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
- && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
- && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
- && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
- && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
-/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
- Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
-# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
-#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0' \
- && 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
- && 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
-# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
-#endif
-
-#if 'A' < 0
-# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
-#endif
-
-/* Cases for control characters. */
-
-#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
- case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
- case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
- _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
-
-/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes. */
-
-#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
-# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
- case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
- case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
- case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
- case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
- case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
- case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
- case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
-#else
- /* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
- assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments. */
-# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
- case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
- case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
- case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
- case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
- case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
- case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
- case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
-#endif
-
-/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N. */
-
-#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
- case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
- case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
-#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
- case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
- case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
- case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
- case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
- case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
-
-/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper. */
-
-#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
-#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT \
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
- case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
- case '8': case '9'
-#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
-#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
- case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': \
- case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
- case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': \
- case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':': \
- case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': \
- case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
- case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': \
- case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
-#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
-
-
-/* Function definitions. */
-
-/* Unlike the functions in , which require an argument in the range
- of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
- in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range. In other words,
- when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
- argument to a function:
-
- const char *s = ...;
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
-
- but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
-
- const char *s = ...;
- if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
- */
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isalnum (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isalpha (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
- Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isascii (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case ' ':
- _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isblank (int c)
-{
- return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_iscntrl (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isdigit (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isgraph (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_islower (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isprint (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case ' ':
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_ispunct (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isspace (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isupper (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
-c_isxdigit (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
- _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE int
-c_tolower (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_UPPER:
- return c - 'A' + 'a';
- default:
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-C_CTYPE_INLINE int
-c_toupper (int c)
-{
- switch (c)
- {
- _C_CTYPE_LOWER:
- return c - 'a' + 'A';
- default:
- return c;
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/c-strcase.h b/cross/lib/c-strcase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bcca01b27c..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c-strcase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2023 Free Software
- Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
-#define C_STRCASE_H
-
-#include
-
-
-/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
- set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
- Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
- character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
- is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
- characters. More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
- string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
- the comparison result will be nonzero). */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
- greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
- than S2. */
-extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
-
-/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
- returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
- lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */
-extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/c-strcasecmp.c b/cross/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a958dc4fd9..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
- Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include "c-strcase.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include "c-ctype.h"
-
-int
-c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
-{
- register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
- register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
- c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
-
- if (c1 == '\0')
- break;
-
- ++p1;
- ++p2;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
- return c1 - c2;
- else
- /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
- difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
- doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
- return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/c-strncasecmp.c b/cross/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ca8c5f4001..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
- Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include "c-strcase.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include "c-ctype.h"
-
-int
-c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
-{
- register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
- register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
- c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
-
- if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
- break;
-
- ++p1;
- ++p2;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
- return c1 - c2;
- else
- /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
- difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
- doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
- return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c b/cross/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e701297d84b..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
- Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
- . */
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc
- optimizes away the name == NULL test below. */
-# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
-
-# include
-#endif
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include
-# define GCC_LINT 1
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
-#else
-# define __canonicalize_file_name canonicalize_file_name
-# define __realpath realpath
-# define __strdup strdup
-# include "pathmax.h"
-# define __faccessat faccessat
-# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# define __getcwd _getcwd
-# elif HAVE_GETCWD
-# if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
- /* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's getcwd
- function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
- */
-# undef getcwd
-# endif
-# if defined VMS && !defined getcwd
- /* We want the directory in Unix syntax, not in VMS syntax.
- The gnulib override of 'getcwd' takes 2 arguments; the original VMS
- 'getcwd' takes 3 arguments. */
-# define __getcwd(buf, max) getcwd (buf, max, 0)
-# else
-# define __getcwd getcwd
-# endif
-# else
-# define __getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# endif
-# define __mempcpy mempcpy
-# define __pathconf pathconf
-# define __rawmemchr rawmemchr
-# define __readlink readlink
-# if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
- /* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's memmove
- function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
- */
-# undef memmove
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress bogus GCC -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings. */
-#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
-# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
-#else
-# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
-# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT false
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS
-
-/* Return true if FILE's existence can be shown, false (setting errno)
- otherwise. Follow symbolic links. */
-static bool
-file_accessible (char const *file)
-{
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_FACCESSAT
- return __faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0;
-# else
- struct stat st;
- return stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW;
-# endif
-}
-
-/* True if concatenating END as a suffix to a file name means that the
- code needs to check that the file name is that of a searchable
- directory, since the canonicalize_filename_mode_stk code won't
- check this later anyway when it checks an ordinary file name
- component within END. END must either be empty, or start with a
- slash. */
-
-static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-suffix_requires_dir_check (char const *end)
-{
- /* If END does not start with a slash, the suffix is OK. */
- while (ISSLASH (*end))
- {
- /* Two or more slashes act like a single slash. */
- do
- end++;
- while (ISSLASH (*end));
-
- switch (*end++)
- {
- default: return false; /* An ordinary file name component is OK. */
- case '\0': return true; /* Trailing "/" is trouble. */
- case '.': break; /* Possibly "." or "..". */
- }
- /* Trailing "/.", or "/.." even if not trailing, is trouble. */
- if (!*end || (*end == '.' && (!end[1] || ISSLASH (end[1]))))
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/* Append this to a file name to test whether it is a searchable directory.
- On POSIX platforms "/" suffices, but "/./" is sometimes needed on
- macOS 10.13 , and should also work on
- platforms like AIX 7.2 that need at least "/.". */
-
-# if defined _LIBC || defined LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
-static char const dir_suffix[] = "/";
-# else
-static char const dir_suffix[] = "/./";
-# endif
-
-/* Return true if DIR is a searchable dir, false (setting errno) otherwise.
- DIREND points to the NUL byte at the end of the DIR string.
- Store garbage into DIREND[0 .. strlen (dir_suffix)]. */
-
-static bool
-dir_check (char *dir, char *dirend)
-{
- strcpy (dirend, dir_suffix);
- return file_accessible (dir);
-}
-
-static idx_t
-get_path_max (void)
-{
-# ifdef PATH_MAX
- long int path_max = PATH_MAX;
-# else
- /* The caller invoked realpath with a null RESOLVED, even though
- PATH_MAX is not defined as a constant. The glibc manual says
- programs should not do this, and POSIX says the behavior is undefined.
- Historically, glibc here used the result of pathconf, or 1024 if that
- failed; stay consistent with this (dubious) historical practice. */
- int err = errno;
- long int path_max = __pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX);
- __set_errno (err);
-# endif
- return path_max < 0 ? 1024 : path_max <= IDX_MAX ? path_max : IDX_MAX;
-}
-
-/* Scratch buffers used by realpath_stk and managed by __realpath. */
-struct realpath_bufs
-{
- struct scratch_buffer rname;
- struct scratch_buffer extra;
- struct scratch_buffer link;
-};
-
-static char *
-realpath_stk (const char *name, char *resolved, struct realpath_bufs *bufs)
-{
- char *dest;
- char const *start;
- char const *end;
- int num_links = 0;
-
- if (name == NULL)
- {
- /* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
- either parameter is a null pointer. We extend this to allow
- the RESOLVED parameter to be NULL in case the we are expected to
- allocate the room for the return value. */
- __set_errno (EINVAL);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (name[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
- the name argument points to an empty string. */
- __set_errno (ENOENT);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- char *rname = bufs->rname.data;
- bool end_in_extra_buffer = false;
- bool failed = true;
-
- /* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
- and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names. */
- idx_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
-
- if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
- {
- while (!__getcwd (bufs->rname.data, bufs->rname.length))
- {
- if (errno != ERANGE)
- {
- dest = rname;
- goto error;
- }
- if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&bufs->rname))
- return NULL;
- rname = bufs->rname.data;
- }
- dest = __rawmemchr (rname, '\0');
- start = name;
- prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
- }
- else
- {
- dest = __mempcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
- *dest++ = '/';
- if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
- {
- if (prefix_len == 0 /* implies ISSLASH (name[0]) */
- && ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]))
- *dest++ = '/';
- *dest = '\0';
- }
- start = name + prefix_len;
- }
-
- for ( ; *start; start = end)
- {
- /* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators. */
- while (ISSLASH (*start))
- ++start;
-
- /* Find end of component. */
- for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
- /* Nothing. */;
-
- /* Length of this file name component; it can be zero if a file
- name ends in '/'. */
- idx_t startlen = end - start;
-
- if (startlen == 0)
- break;
- else if (startlen == 1 && start[0] == '.')
- /* nothing */;
- else if (startlen == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
- {
- /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */
- if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
- for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
- continue;
- if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
- && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
- && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
- dest++;
- }
- else
- {
- if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
- *dest++ = '/';
-
- while (rname + bufs->rname.length - dest
- < startlen + sizeof dir_suffix)
- {
- idx_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
- if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&bufs->rname))
- return NULL;
- rname = bufs->rname.data;
- dest = rname + dest_offset;
- }
-
- dest = __mempcpy (dest, start, startlen);
- *dest = '\0';
-
- char *buf;
- ssize_t n;
- while (true)
- {
- buf = bufs->link.data;
- idx_t bufsize = bufs->link.length;
- n = __readlink (rname, buf, bufsize - 1);
- if (n < bufsize - 1)
- break;
- if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&bufs->link))
- return NULL;
- }
- if (0 <= n)
- {
- if (++num_links > __eloop_threshold ())
- {
- __set_errno (ELOOP);
- goto error;
- }
-
- buf[n] = '\0';
-
- char *extra_buf = bufs->extra.data;
- idx_t end_idx IF_LINT (= 0);
- if (end_in_extra_buffer)
- end_idx = end - extra_buf;
- size_t len = strlen (end);
- if (INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (len, n))
- {
- __set_errno (ENOMEM);
- return NULL;
- }
- while (bufs->extra.length <= len + n)
- {
- if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&bufs->extra))
- return NULL;
- extra_buf = bufs->extra.data;
- }
- if (end_in_extra_buffer)
- end = extra_buf + end_idx;
-
- /* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
- memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
- name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
- end_in_extra_buffer = true;
-
- if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
- {
- idx_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
-
- dest = __mempcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
- *dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
- if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
- {
- if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
- *dest++ = '/';
- *dest = '\0';
- }
- /* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter. */
- prefix_len = pfxlen;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
- already: */
- if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
- for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
- continue;
- if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
- && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
- dest++;
- }
- }
- else if (! (suffix_requires_dir_check (end)
- ? dir_check (rname, dest)
- : errno == EINVAL))
- goto error;
- }
- }
- if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
- --dest;
- if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
- && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
- dest++;
- failed = false;
-
-error:
- *dest++ = '\0';
- if (resolved != NULL)
- {
- /* Copy the full result on success or partial result if failure was due
- to the path not existing or not being accessible. */
- if ((!failed || errno == ENOENT || errno == EACCES)
- && dest - rname <= get_path_max ())
- {
- strcpy (resolved, rname);
- if (failed)
- return NULL;
- else
- return resolved;
- }
- if (!failed)
- __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG);
- return NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- if (failed)
- return NULL;
- else
- return __strdup (bufs->rname.data);
- }
-}
-
-/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
- does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
- separators ('/') or symlinks. All file name components must exist. If
- RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
- canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with 'errno'
- set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
- returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and
- RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the name of the first component
- that cannot be resolved. If the name can be resolved, RESOLVED
- holds the same value as the value returned. */
-
-char *
-__realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
- struct realpath_bufs bufs;
- scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.rname);
- scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.extra);
- scratch_buffer_init (&bufs.link);
- char *result = realpath_stk (name, resolved, &bufs);
- scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.link);
- scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.extra);
- scratch_buffer_free (&bufs.rname);
- return result;
-}
-libc_hidden_def (__realpath)
-versioned_symbol (libc, __realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_3);
-
-#endif /* defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS */
-
-
-#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
-char *
-attribute_compat_text_section
-__old_realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
-{
- if (resolved == NULL)
- {
- __set_errno (EINVAL);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return __realpath (name, resolved);
-}
-compat_symbol (libc, __old_realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_0);
-#endif
-
-
-char *
-__canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
-{
- return __realpath (name, NULL);
-}
-weak_alias (__canonicalize_file_name, canonicalize_file_name)
diff --git a/cross/lib/careadlinkat.c b/cross/lib/careadlinkat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 359d497396c..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/careadlinkat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
-
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
- Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
-
-#include
-
-#include "careadlinkat.h"
-
-#include "idx.h"
-#include "minmax.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-/* Define this independently so that stdint.h is not a prerequisite. */
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
-# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
-#endif
-
-#include "allocator.h"
-
-enum { STACK_BUF_SIZE = 1024 };
-
-/* Act like careadlinkat (see below), with an additional argument
- STACK_BUF that can be used as temporary storage.
-
- If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
- and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
- -Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about. See:
- https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
- Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
- to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
- When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
- broken GCC versions. */
-#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
-# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
-__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
-# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
-# define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
-# endif
-#endif
-static char *
-readlink_stk (int fd, char const *filename,
- char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
- struct allocator const *alloc,
- ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t),
- char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE])
-{
- if (! alloc)
- alloc = &stdlib_allocator;
-
- if (!buffer)
- {
- buffer = stack_buf;
- buffer_size = STACK_BUF_SIZE;
- }
-
- char *buf = buffer;
- idx_t buf_size_max = MIN (IDX_MAX, MIN (SSIZE_MAX, SIZE_MAX));
- idx_t buf_size = MIN (buffer_size, buf_size_max);
-
- while (buf)
- {
- /* Attempt to read the link into the current buffer. */
- idx_t link_length = preadlinkat (fd, filename, buf, buf_size);
- if (link_length < 0)
- {
- if (buf != buffer)
- {
- int readlinkat_errno = errno;
- alloc->free (buf);
- errno = readlinkat_errno;
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- idx_t link_size = link_length;
-
- if (link_size < buf_size)
- {
- buf[link_size++] = '\0';
-
- if (buf == stack_buf)
- {
- char *b = alloc->allocate (link_size);
- buf_size = link_size;
- if (! b)
- break;
- return memcpy (b, buf, link_size);
- }
-
- if (link_size < buf_size && buf != buffer && alloc->reallocate)
- {
- /* Shrink BUF before returning it. */
- char *b = alloc->reallocate (buf, link_size);
- if (b)
- return b;
- }
-
- return buf;
- }
-
- if (buf != buffer)
- alloc->free (buf);
-
- if (buf_size_max / 2 <= buf_size)
- {
- errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- buf_size = 2 * buf_size + 1;
- buf = alloc->allocate (buf_size);
- }
-
- if (alloc->die)
- alloc->die (buf_size);
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
- of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
- If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
- working directory, as in openat.
-
- If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
- BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
- if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
-
- If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
- buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
- the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER. A null
- ALLOC stands for the standard allocator.
-
- The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
- like POSIX readlinkat()
-
- but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
-
- If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
- set errno. */
-
-char *
-careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
- char *buffer, size_t buffer_size,
- struct allocator const *alloc,
- ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *, char *, size_t))
-{
- /* Allocate the initial buffer on the stack. This way, in the
- common case of a symlink of small size, we get away with a
- single small malloc instead of a big malloc followed by a
- shrinking realloc. */
- #ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
- #warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
- #warning "See ."
- #endif
- char stack_buf[STACK_BUF_SIZE];
- return readlink_stk (fd, filename, buffer, buffer_size, alloc,
- preadlinkat, stack_buf);
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/careadlinkat.h b/cross/lib/careadlinkat.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 201d0415fff..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/careadlinkat.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* Read symbolic links into a buffer without size limitation, relative to fd.
-
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
-#define _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H
-
-#include
-#include
-
-struct allocator;
-
-/* Assuming the current directory is FD, get the symbolic link value
- of FILENAME as a null-terminated string and put it into a buffer.
- If FD is AT_FDCWD, FILENAME is interpreted relative to the current
- working directory, as in openat.
-
- If the link is small enough to fit into BUFFER put it there.
- BUFFER's size is BUFFER_SIZE, and BUFFER can be null
- if BUFFER_SIZE is zero.
-
- If the link is not small, put it into a dynamically allocated
- buffer managed by ALLOC. It is the caller's responsibility to free
- the returned value if it is nonnull and is not BUFFER.
-
- The PREADLINKAT function specifies how to read links. It operates
- like POSIX readlinkat()
-
- but can assume that its first argument is the same as FD.
-
- If successful, return the buffer address; otherwise return NULL and
- set errno. */
-
-char *careadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename,
- char *restrict buffer, size_t buffer_size,
- struct allocator const *alloc,
- ssize_t (*preadlinkat) (int, char const *,
- char *, size_t));
-
-/* Suitable value for careadlinkat's FD argument. */
-#if HAVE_READLINKAT
-/* AT_FDCWD is declared in . */
-#else
-/* Define AT_FDCWD independently, so that the careadlinkat module does
- not depend on the fcntl-h module. We might as well use the same value
- as fcntl-h. */
-# ifndef AT_FDCWD
-# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GL_CAREADLINKAT_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/cdefs.h b/cross/lib/cdefs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 412f036ce35..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/cdefs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,715 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Copyright The GNU Toolchain Authors.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
- . */
-
-#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H
-#define _SYS_CDEFS_H 1
-
-/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
-#ifndef _FEATURES_H
-# include
-#endif
-
-/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
- of ISO C compilers anymore. Check for some of the combinations not
- supported anymore. */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
-# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
-#endif
-
-/* Some user header file might have defined this before. */
-#undef __P
-#undef __PMT
-
-/* Compilers that lack __has_attribute may object to
- #if defined __has_attribute && __has_attribute (...)
- even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.
- Similarly for __has_builtin, etc. */
-#if (defined __has_attribute \
- && (!defined __clang_minor__ \
- || (defined __apple_build_version__ \
- ? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
- : 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
-# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
-#else
-# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
-#endif
-#ifdef __has_builtin
-# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) __has_builtin (name)
-#else
-# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) 0
-#endif
-#ifdef __has_extension
-# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
-#else
-# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
-
-/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
- synchronize memory, are leaf functions. */
-# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
-# define __LEAF , __leaf__
-# define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
-# else
-# define __LEAF
-# define __LEAF_ATTR
-# endif
-
-/* GCC can always grok prototypes. For C++ programs we add throw()
- to help it optimize the function calls. But this only works with
- gcc 2.8.x and egcs. For gcc 3.4 and up we even mark C functions
- as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
- the -fexceptions options for C code as well. */
-# if !defined __cplusplus \
- && (__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nothrow__))
-# define __THROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
-# define __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
-# define __NTH(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
-# define __NTHNL(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
-# else
-# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major >= 4)
-# if __cplusplus >= 201103L
-# define __THROW noexcept (true)
-# else
-# define __THROW throw ()
-# endif
-# define __THROWNL __THROW
-# define __NTH(fct) __LEAF_ATTR fct __THROW
-# define __NTHNL(fct) fct __THROW
-# else
-# define __THROW
-# define __THROWNL
-# define __NTH(fct) fct
-# define __NTHNL(fct) fct
-# endif
-# endif
-
-#else /* Not GCC or clang. */
-
-# if (defined __cplusplus \
- || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
-# define __inline inline
-# else
-# define __inline /* No inline functions. */
-# endif
-
-# define __THROW
-# define __THROWNL
-# define __NTH(fct) fct
-
-#endif /* GCC || clang. */
-
-/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore. They are kept here
- only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined. */
-#define __P(args) args
-#define __PMT(args) args
-
-/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
- and the non-ANSI way under -traditional. */
-
-#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
-#define __STRING(x) #x
-
-/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing. */
-#define __ptr_t void *
-
-
-/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
-# define __END_DECLS }
-#else
-# define __BEGIN_DECLS
-# define __END_DECLS
-#endif
-
-
-/* Gnulib avoids these definitions, as they don't work on non-glibc platforms.
- In particular, __bos and __bos0 are defined differently in the Android libc.
- */
-#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
-
-/* Fortify support. */
-# define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
-# define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
-
-/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available. */
-# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0) \
- || __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
-# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
-# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
-# else
-# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
-# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
-# endif
-
-/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
- variants. These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
- away. */
-
-# define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
-# define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
- ((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1 \
- || (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))
-
-/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
- condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true, or unknown (-1) */
-# define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
- ((__osz) == (__SIZE_TYPE__) -1 \
- || (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
- && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
- (__s), (__osz))) \
- && __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), (__s), (__osz))))
-
-/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
- __L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
- false. */
-# define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
- (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
- && __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
- __s, __osz)) \
- && !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
-
-/* Fortify function f. __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
- declared. */
-
-# define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
- (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
- ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
- : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
- ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz) \
- : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz))) \
-
-/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
- elements and not total size. */
-
-# define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
- (__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
- ? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
- : (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
- ? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)) \
- : __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)))) \
-
-#endif
-
-
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
-# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
-# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
- extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
-#else
-# define __warnattr(msg)
-# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
-#endif
-
-/* Support for flexible arrays.
- Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
- (e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
- #if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available. */
-#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
-# define __flexarr []
-# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
-#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || defined __clang__
-/* GCC 2.97 and clang support C99 flexible array members as an extension,
- even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version). */
-# define __flexarr []
-# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
-#elif defined __GNUC__
-/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
- an equivalent extension with slightly different notation. */
-# define __flexarr [0]
-# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
-#else
-/* Some other non-C99 compiler. Approximate with [1]. */
-# define __flexarr [1]
-# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
-#endif
-
-
-/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
- at the assembly language level. This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
- macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
- way. When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
- preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
- semantics, but it's the best we can do).
-
- Example:
- int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
-
-# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
- name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
-# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
- name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
-# else
-# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
- name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
-# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
- name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
-# endif
-# define __ASMNAME(cname) __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
-# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
-
-/*
-#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
-
-# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
- _Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
-*/
-#endif
-
-/* GCC and clang have various useful declarations that can be made with
- the '__attribute__' syntax. All of the ways we use this do fine if
- they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
-#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
-# define __attribute__(xyz) /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
- for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
- (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__malloc__)
-# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
- indicate the size of the allocation. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
-# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
- __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
-#else
-# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore. */
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler which argument to an allocation function
- indicates the alignment of the allocation. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__alloc_align__)
-# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) \
- __attribute__ ((__alloc_align__ param))
-#else
-# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) /* Ignore. */
-#endif
-
-/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
- for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
- (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__pure__)
-# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5) || __glibc_has_attribute (__const__)
-# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,7) || __glibc_has_attribute (__unused__)
-# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
- for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
- (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __glibc_has_attribute (__used__)
-# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
-# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
-# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__deprecated__)
-# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
- when a deprecated function is used. clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
- may also support this feature. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) \
- || __glibc_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
-# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
- __attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
-#else
-# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
-#endif
-
-/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
- for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
- (although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
- If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
- gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored. In newer gccs,
- all designated arguments are considered. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format_arg__)
-# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
-#else
-# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
- attribute for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it
- unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
- generates warnings. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format__)
-# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
- __attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
-#else
-# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
- must not be NULL. This has the name __nonnull in glibc,
- and __attribute_nonnull__ in files shared with Gnulib to avoid
- collision with a different __nonnull in DragonFlyBSD 5.9. */
-#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
-# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nonnull__)
-# define __attribute_nonnull__(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
-# else
-# define __attribute_nonnull__(params)
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef __nonnull
-# define __nonnull(params) __attribute_nonnull__ (params)
-#endif
-
-/* The returns_nonnull function attribute marks the return type of the function
- as always being non-null. */
-#ifndef __returns_nonnull
-# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__returns_nonnull__)
-# define __returns_nonnull __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
-# else
-# define __returns_nonnull
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
- function calls which can lead to problems. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__warn_unused_result__)
-# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
- __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
-# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
-# define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
-# endif
-#else
-# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
-#endif
-#ifndef __wur
-# define __wur /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* Forces a function to be always inlined. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__always_inline__)
-/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
- it conflicts with this definition. Therefore undefine it first to
- allow either header to be included first. */
-# undef __always_inline
-# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
-#else
-# undef __always_inline
-# define __always_inline __inline
-#endif
-
-/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
- than with the source location inside the function. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__artificial__)
-# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
- inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
- or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
- older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
- semantics.
-
- clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
- semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
- __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions. */
-#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
- || (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
- || defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
-# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
-# define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
-# define __extern_always_inline \
- extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
-# else
-# define __extern_inline extern __inline
-# define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __extern_always_inline
-# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
-#endif
-
-/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
- __extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
-# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
-# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
-#endif
-
-/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
- run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
- `__extension__' keyword. But this is not generally available before
- version 2.8. */
-#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || defined __clang__)
-# define __extension__ /* Ignore */
-#endif
-
-/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above, and in clang.
- It works also in C++ mode (outside of arrays), but only when spelled
- as '__restrict', not 'restrict'. */
-#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92) || __clang_major__ >= 3)
-# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
-# define __restrict restrict
-# else
-# define __restrict /* Ignore */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping. The syntax is
- array_name[restrict]
- GCC 3.1 and clang support this.
- This syntax is not usable in C++ mode. */
-#if (__GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __clang_major__ >= 3) && !defined __cplusplus
-# define __restrict_arr __restrict
-#else
-# ifdef __GNUC__
-# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported in old GCC. */
-# else
-# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
-# define __restrict_arr restrict
-# else
-/* Some other non-C99 compiler. */
-# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported. */
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || __glibc_has_builtin (__builtin_expect)
-# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
-# define __glibc_likely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
-#else
-# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) (cond)
-# define __glibc_likely(cond) (cond)
-#endif
-
-#if (!defined _Noreturn \
- && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
- && !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7) \
- || (3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
-# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
-# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# else
-# define _Noreturn
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
-/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
- argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
- a NUL-terminated string. */
-# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_nonstring__
-#endif
-
-/* Undefine (also defined in libc-symbols.h). */
-#undef __attribute_copy__
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (9, 0)
-/* Copies attributes from the declaration or type referenced by
- the argument. */
-# define __attribute_copy__(arg) __attribute__ ((__copy__ (arg)))
-#else
-# define __attribute_copy__(arg)
-#endif
-
-#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
- && (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
- && (!(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || __clang_major__ >= 4) \
- || defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
-# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
- extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
- [!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
-#endif
-
-/* Gnulib avoids including these, as they don't work on non-glibc or
- older glibc platforms. */
-#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
-# include
-# include
-#endif
-
-#if __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 1
-# ifdef __REDIRECT
-
-/* Alias name defined automatically. */
-# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
- extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
-
-/* Alias name defined automatically, with leading underscores. */
-# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
- extern __typeof (__##name) __##name \
- __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
-
-/* Alias name defined manually. */
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) ... unused__ldbl_redir1
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
- extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
-
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
- __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
-# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
- __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __##alias##ieee128)
-
-/* Unused. */
-# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) ... unused__redirect_ldbl
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir_nth
-
-# else
-_Static_assert (0, "IEEE 128-bits long double requires redirection on this platform");
-# endif
-#elif defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
-# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
-# ifdef __REDIRECT
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
-# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
- __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
- __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
-# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
- extern __typeof (__##name) __##name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl___" #name));
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
- extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
- extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
-# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
- __LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
-# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
- __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
-# endif
-#endif
-#if (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT && __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 0) \
- || !defined __REDIRECT
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
-# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
-# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
-# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name)
-# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
-# ifdef __REDIRECT
-# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
-# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
- __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE. This is
- intended for use in preprocessor macros.
-
- Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
- literals is not supported. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
-# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
-# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
- __glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
-#else
-# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
-#endif
-
-/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
- since version 4.9. Previous versions do not provide generic
- selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
- when in -std=c11 mode. Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
- when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
- On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
- check is required to enable the use of generic selection. */
-#if !defined __cplusplus \
- && (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
- || __glibc_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
- || (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
- && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
-# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
-#else
-# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
-#endif
-
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 0)
-/* Designates a 1-based positional argument ref-index of pointer type
- that can be used to access size-index elements of the pointed-to
- array according to access mode, or at least one element when
- size-index is not provided:
- access (access-mode, [, ]) */
-# define __attr_access(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
-/* For _FORTIFY_SOURCE == 3 we use __builtin_dynamic_object_size, which may
- use the access attribute to get object sizes from function definition
- arguments, so we can't use them on functions we fortify. Drop the object
- size hints for such functions. */
-# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3
-# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attribute__ ((__access__ (a, o)))
-# else
-# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attr_access ((a, o, s))
-# endif
-# if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
-# define __attr_access_none(argno) __attribute__ ((__access__ (__none__, argno)))
-# else
-# define __attr_access_none(argno)
-# endif
-#else
-# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s)
-# define __attr_access(x)
-# define __attr_access_none(argno)
-#endif
-
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
-/* Designates dealloc as a function to call to deallocate objects
- allocated by the declared function. */
-# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno) \
- __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (dealloc, argno)))
-# define __attr_dealloc_free __attr_dealloc (__builtin_free, 1)
-#else
-# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno)
-# define __attr_dealloc_free
-#endif
-
-/* Specify that a function such as setjmp or vfork may return
- twice. */
-#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
-# define __attribute_returns_twice__ __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
-#else
-# define __attribute_returns_twice__ /* Ignore. */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* sys/cdefs.h */
diff --git a/cross/lib/cloexec.c b/cross/lib/cloexec.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e4cecbd2e8a..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/cloexec.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
-
- Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */
-
-#include
-
-#include "cloexec.h"
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
- or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
- Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
-
- Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
- inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
- followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
- open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
- non-inheritable in the first place. */
-
-int
-set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
-{
-#ifdef F_SETFD
-
- int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
-
- if (0 <= flags)
- {
- int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
-
- if (flags == newflags
- || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
- return 0;
- }
-
- return -1;
-
-#else /* !F_SETFD */
-
- /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
- will be unaffected. */
- if (desc < 0)
- {
- errno = EBADF;
- return -1;
- }
- if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
- /* errno is EBADF here. */
- return -1;
-
- /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */
- return 0;
-#endif /* !F_SETFD */
-}
-
-
-/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
- prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
- be duplicated. */
-
-int
-dup_cloexec (int fd)
-{
- return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/cloexec.h b/cross/lib/cloexec.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 057fd668c9b..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/cloexec.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
-
- Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
- or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
- Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
-
- Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
- inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
- followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
- open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
- non-inheritable in the first place. */
-
-int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
-
-/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
- prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
- be duplicated. */
-
-int dup_cloexec (int fd);
diff --git a/cross/lib/close-stream.c b/cross/lib/close-stream.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ab686bac2ae..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/close-stream.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
-
- Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#include "close-stream.h"
-
-#include
-
-#include "fpending.h"
-
-#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
-# include "unlocked-io.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Close STREAM. Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
- otherwise. A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
- cannot be determined.
-
- A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
- situation worth signaling to the user. See the documentation of the
- close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
-
- If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
- STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting. Otherwise,
- suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
- of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM. The last
- printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
- the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
- when it tries to write out that buffered data. Thus, you would be
- left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
- exit successfully. Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
- since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
- until an actual close call.
-
- Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
- that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
- the failure. That's what the ferror test is checking below. */
-
-int
-close_stream (FILE *stream)
-{
- const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
- const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
- const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
-
- /* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
- fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
- there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
- fclose failed with EBADF. That can happen when a program like cp
- is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
- closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
- and nothing to be flushed). */
-
- if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
- {
- if (! fclose_fail)
- errno = 0;
- return EOF;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/close-stream.h b/cross/lib/close-stream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b52cc66c3d..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/close-stream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
-
- Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
- or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-int close_stream (FILE *stream);
diff --git a/cross/lib/copy-file-range.c b/cross/lib/copy-file-range.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 747a5a8ad1d..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/copy-file-range.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* Stub for copy_file_range
- Copyright 2019-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
-# include
-#endif
-
-ssize_t
-copy_file_range (int infd, off_t *pinoff,
- int outfd, off_t *poutoff,
- size_t length, unsigned int flags)
-{
-#undef copy_file_range
-
-#if defined __linux__ && HAVE_COPY_FILE_RANGE
- /* The implementation of copy_file_range (which first appeared in
- Linux kernel release 4.5) had many issues before release 5.3
- , so fail with ENOSYS for Linux
- kernels 5.2 and earlier.
-
- This workaround, and the configure-time check for Linux, can be
- removed when such kernels (released March 2016 through September
- 2019) are no longer a consideration. As of January 2021, the
- furthest-future planned kernel EOL is December 2024 for kernel
- release 4.19. */
-
- static signed char ok;
-
- if (! ok)
- {
- struct utsname name;
- uname (&name);
- char *p = name.release;
- ok = ((p[1] != '.' || '5' < p[0]
- || (p[0] == '5' && (p[3] != '.' || '2' < p[2])))
- ? 1 : -1);
- }
-
- if (0 < ok)
- return copy_file_range (infd, pinoff, outfd, poutoff, length, flags);
-#endif
-
- /* There is little need to emulate copy_file_range with read+write,
- since programs that use copy_file_range must fall back on
- read+write anyway. */
- errno = ENOSYS;
- return -1;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.c b/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 949f156eab1..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-/* Count the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
-
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "count-leading-zeros.h"
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.h b/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99151d695bf..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-leading-zeros.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/* count-leading-zeros.h -- counts the number of leading 0 bits in a word.
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Eric Blake. */
-
-#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H
-#define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H 1
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE
-# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
- expand to code that computes the number of leading zeros of the local
- variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
- from the current function. */
-#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
- || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
-# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
-#elif _MSC_VER
-# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanReverse)
-# if defined _M_X64
-# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanReverse64)
-# endif
-# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- unsigned long result; \
- if (MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x)) \
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - result; \
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
- } \
- while (0)
-#else
-# define COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- int count; \
- unsigned int leading_32; \
- if (! x) \
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
- for (count = 0; \
- (leading_32 = ((x >> (sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT - 32)) \
- & 0xffffffffU), \
- count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32 && !leading_32); \
- count += 32) \
- x = x << 31 << 1; \
- return count + count_leading_zeros_32 (leading_32); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X,
- where 0 < X < 2**32. */
-COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_leading_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
-{
- /*
- */
- static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
- 31, 22, 30, 21, 18, 10, 29, 2, 20, 17, 15, 13, 9, 6, 28, 1,
- 23, 19, 11, 3, 16, 14, 7, 24, 12, 4, 8, 25, 5, 26, 27, 0
- };
-
- x |= x >> 1;
- x |= x >> 2;
- x |= x >> 4;
- x |= x >> 8;
- x |= x >> 16;
- return de_Bruijn_lookup[((x * 0x07c4acddU) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
-COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_leading_zeros (unsigned int x)
-{
- COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clz, _BitScanReverse, unsigned int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
-COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_leading_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
-{
- COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzl, _BitScanReverse, unsigned long int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of leading zeros in X. */
-COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_leading_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
-{
-#if (defined _MSC_VER && !defined __clang__) && !defined _M_X64
- /* 32-bit MSVC does not have _BitScanReverse64, only _BitScanReverse. */
- unsigned long result;
- if (_BitScanReverse (&result, (unsigned long) (x >> 32)))
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - 32 - result;
- if (_BitScanReverse (&result, (unsigned long) x))
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 1 - result;
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
-#else
- COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS (__builtin_clzll, _BitScanReverse64,
- unsigned long long int);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif /* COUNT_LEADING_ZEROS_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-one-bits.c b/cross/lib/count-one-bits.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a348f2e5a0..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-one-bits.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/* Count the number of 1-bits in a word.
-
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "count-one-bits.h"
-
-#if 1500 <= _MSC_VER && (defined _M_IX86 || defined _M_X64)
-int popcount_support = -1;
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-one-bits.h b/cross/lib/count-one-bits.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01a60b77b85..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-one-bits.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/* count-one-bits.h -- counts the number of 1-bits in a word.
- Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Ben Pfaff. */
-
-#ifndef COUNT_ONE_BITS_H
-#define COUNT_ONE_BITS_H 1
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE
-# define COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Assuming the GCC builtin is GCC_BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
- expand to code that computes the number of 1-bits of the local
- variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
- from the current function. */
-#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) \
- || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
-# define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- return GCC_BUILTIN (x)
-#else
-
-/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in the least
- significant 32 bits of X. */
-COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
-count_one_bits_32 (unsigned int x)
-{
- x = ((x & 0xaaaaaaaaU) >> 1) + (x & 0x55555555U);
- x = ((x & 0xccccccccU) >> 2) + (x & 0x33333333U);
- x = (x >> 16) + (x & 0xffff);
- x = ((x & 0xf0f0) >> 4) + (x & 0x0f0f);
- return (x >> 8) + (x & 0x00ff);
-}
-
-/* Expand to code that computes the number of 1-bits of the local
- variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
- from the current function. */
-# define COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC(TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- int count = 0; \
- int bits; \
- for (bits = 0; bits < sizeof (TYPE) * CHAR_BIT; bits += 32) \
- { \
- count += count_one_bits_32 (x); \
- x = x >> 31 >> 1; \
- } \
- return count; \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-# if 1500 <= _MSC_VER && (defined _M_IX86 || defined _M_X64)
-
-/* While gcc falls back to its own generic code if the machine
- on which it's running doesn't support popcount, with Microsoft's
- compiler we need to detect and fallback ourselves. */
-
-# if 0
-# include
-# else
- /* Don't pollute the namespace with too many MSVC intrinsics. */
-# pragma intrinsic (__cpuid)
-# pragma intrinsic (__popcnt)
-# if defined _M_X64
-# pragma intrinsic (__popcnt64)
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !defined _M_X64
-static inline __popcnt64 (unsigned long long x)
-{
- return __popcnt ((unsigned int) (x >> 32)) + __popcnt ((unsigned int) x);
-}
-# endif
-
-/* Return nonzero if popcount is supported. */
-
-/* 1 if supported, 0 if not supported, -1 if unknown. */
-extern int popcount_support;
-
-COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
-popcount_supported (void)
-{
- if (popcount_support < 0)
- {
- /* Do as described in
- */
- int cpu_info[4];
- __cpuid (cpu_info, 1);
- popcount_support = (cpu_info[2] >> 23) & 1;
- }
- return popcount_support;
-}
-
-# define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- if (popcount_supported ()) \
- return MSC_BUILTIN (x); \
- else \
- COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC (TYPE); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-# else
-
-# define COUNT_ONE_BITS(GCC_BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- COUNT_ONE_BITS_GENERIC (TYPE)
-
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
-COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
-count_one_bits (unsigned int x)
-{
- COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcount, __popcnt, unsigned int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
-COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
-count_one_bits_l (unsigned long int x)
-{
- COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcountl, __popcnt, unsigned long int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of 1-bits set in X. */
-COUNT_ONE_BITS_INLINE int
-count_one_bits_ll (unsigned long long int x)
-{
- COUNT_ONE_BITS (__builtin_popcountll, __popcnt64, unsigned long long int);
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif /* COUNT_ONE_BITS_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c b/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f6fddab4232..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-/* Count the number of trailing 0 bits in a word.
-
- Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "count-trailing-zeros.h"
diff --git a/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h b/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ef8e164126a..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/count-trailing-zeros.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/* count-trailing-zeros.h -- counts the number of trailing 0 bits in a word.
- Copyright 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#ifndef COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_H
-#define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_H 1
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE
-# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Assuming the GCC builtin is BUILTIN and the MSC builtin is MSC_BUILTIN,
- expand to code that computes the number of trailing zeros of the local
- variable 'x' of type TYPE (an unsigned integer type) and return it
- from the current function. */
-#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) \
- || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
-# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- return x ? BUILTIN (x) : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
-#elif _MSC_VER
-# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanForward)
-# if defined _M_X64
-# pragma intrinsic (_BitScanForward64)
-# endif
-# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- unsigned long result; \
- return MSC_BUILTIN (&result, x) ? result : CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
- } \
- while (0)
-#else
-# define COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS(BUILTIN, MSC_BUILTIN, TYPE) \
- do \
- { \
- int count = 0; \
- if (! x) \
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x; \
- for (count = 0; \
- (count < CHAR_BIT * sizeof x - 32 \
- && ! (x & 0xffffffffU)); \
- count += 32) \
- x = x >> 31 >> 1; \
- return count + count_trailing_zeros_32 (x); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in the least
- significant 32 bits of X. One of these bits must be nonzero. */
-COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_trailing_zeros_32 (unsigned int x)
-{
- /*
- */
- static const char de_Bruijn_lookup[32] = {
- 0, 1, 28, 2, 29, 14, 24, 3, 30, 22, 20, 15, 25, 17, 4, 8,
- 31, 27, 13, 23, 21, 19, 16, 7, 26, 12, 18, 6, 11, 5, 10, 9
- };
- return de_Bruijn_lookup[(((x & -x) * 0x077cb531U) & 0xffffffffU) >> 27];
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
-COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_trailing_zeros (unsigned int x)
-{
- COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctz, _BitScanForward, unsigned int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
-COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_trailing_zeros_l (unsigned long int x)
-{
- COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctzl, _BitScanForward, unsigned long int);
-}
-
-/* Compute and return the number of trailing zeros in X. */
-COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS_INLINE int
-count_trailing_zeros_ll (unsigned long long int x)
-{
-#if (defined _MSC_VER && !defined __clang__) && !defined _M_X64
- /* 32-bit MSVC does not have _BitScanForward64, only _BitScanForward. */
- unsigned long result;
- if (_BitScanForward (&result, (unsigned long) x))
- return result;
- if (_BitScanForward (&result, (unsigned long) (x >> 32)))
- return result + 32;
- return CHAR_BIT * sizeof x;
-#else
- COUNT_TRAILING_ZEROS (__builtin_ctzll, _BitScanForward64,
- unsigned long long int);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/diffseq.h b/cross/lib/diffseq.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dfaf4f295e8..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/diffseq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,568 +0,0 @@
-/* Analyze differences between two vectors.
-
- Copyright (C) 1988-1989, 1992-1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software
- Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-
-/* The basic idea is to consider two vectors as similar if, when
- transforming the first vector into the second vector through a
- sequence of edits (inserts and deletes of one element each),
- this sequence is short - or equivalently, if the ordered list
- of elements that are untouched by these edits is long. For a
- good introduction to the subject, read about the "Levenshtein
- distance" in Wikipedia.
-
- The basic algorithm is described in:
- "An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene W. Myers,
- Algorithmica Vol. 1, 1986, pp. 251-266,
- .
- See especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below.
-
- The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in:
- "Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", Esko Ukkonen,
- Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118,
- .
-
- Unless the 'find_minimal' flag is set, this code uses the TOO_EXPENSIVE
- heuristic, by Paul Eggert, to limit the cost to O(N**1.5 log N)
- at the price of producing suboptimal output for large inputs with
- many differences. */
-
-/* Before including this file, you need to define:
- ELEMENT The element type of the vectors being compared.
- EQUAL A two-argument macro that tests two elements for
- equality.
- OFFSET A signed integer type sufficient to hold the
- difference between two indices. Usually
- something like ptrdiff_t.
- EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS Declarations of fields for 'struct context'.
- NOTE_DELETE(ctxt, xoff) Record the removal of the object xvec[xoff].
- NOTE_INSERT(ctxt, yoff) Record the insertion of the object yvec[yoff].
- NOTE_ORDERED (Optional) A boolean expression saying that
- NOTE_DELETE and NOTE_INSERT calls must be
- issued in offset order.
- EARLY_ABORT(ctxt) (Optional) A boolean expression that triggers an
- early abort of the computation.
- USE_HEURISTIC (Optional) Define if you want to support the
- heuristic for large vectors.
-
- It is also possible to use this file with abstract arrays. In this case,
- xvec and yvec are not represented in memory. They only exist conceptually.
- In this case, the list of defines above is amended as follows:
- ELEMENT Undefined.
- EQUAL Undefined.
- XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL(ctxt, xoff, yoff)
- A three-argument macro: References xvec[xoff] and
- yvec[yoff] and tests these elements for equality.
-
- Before including this file, you also need to include:
- #include
- #include "minmax.h"
- */
-
-/* Maximum value of type OFFSET. */
-#define OFFSET_MAX \
- ((((OFFSET)1 << (sizeof (OFFSET) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
-
-/* Default to no early abort. */
-#ifndef EARLY_ABORT
-# define EARLY_ABORT(ctxt) false
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NOTE_ORDERED
-# define NOTE_ORDERED false
-#endif
-
-/* Use this to suppress gcc's "...may be used before initialized" warnings.
- Beware: The Code argument must not contain commas. */
-#ifndef IF_LINT
-# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
-# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
-# else
-# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Context of comparison operation.
- */
-struct context
-{
- #ifdef ELEMENT
- /* Vectors being compared. */
- ELEMENT const *xvec;
- ELEMENT const *yvec;
- #endif
-
- /* Extra fields. */
- EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
-
- /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing 1 + the X coordinate of the point
- furthest along the given diagonal in the forward search of the edit
- matrix. */
- OFFSET *fdiag;
-
- /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing the X coordinate of the point
- furthest along the given diagonal in the backward search of the edit
- matrix. */
- OFFSET *bdiag;
-
- #ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
- /* This corresponds to the diff --speed-large-files flag. With this
- heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density of changes,
- the algorithm is linear in the vector size. */
- bool heuristic;
- #endif
-
- /* Edit scripts longer than this are too expensive to compute. */
- OFFSET too_expensive;
-
- /* Snakes bigger than this are considered "big". */
- #define SNAKE_LIMIT 20
-};
-
-struct partition
-{
- /* Midpoints of this partition. */
- OFFSET xmid;
- OFFSET ymid;
-
- /* True if low half will be analyzed minimally. */
- bool lo_minimal;
-
- /* Likewise for high half. */
- bool hi_minimal;
-};
-
-
-/* Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified portion
- of the two vectors.
-
- Scan from the beginnings of the vectors, and simultaneously from the ends,
- doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence.
- When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest
- edit sequence.
-
- If FIND_MINIMAL is true, find the minimal edit script regardless of
- expense. Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use heuristics to
- stop the search and report a suboptimal answer.
-
- Set PART->(xmid,ymid) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID). The diagonal number
- XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted elements minus the number
- of deleted elements (counting only elements before the midpoint).
-
- Set PART->lo_minimal to true iff the minimal edit script for the
- left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->hi_minimal.
-
- This function assumes that the first elements of the specified portions
- of the two vectors do not match, and likewise that the last elements do not
- match. The caller must trim matching elements from the beginning and end
- of the portions it is going to specify.
-
- If we return the "wrong" partitions, the worst this can do is cause
- suboptimal diff output. It cannot cause incorrect diff output. */
-
-static void
-diag (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim, bool find_minimal,
- struct partition *part, struct context *ctxt)
-{
- OFFSET *const fd = ctxt->fdiag; /* Give the compiler a chance. */
- OFFSET *const bd = ctxt->bdiag; /* Additional help for the compiler. */
-#ifdef ELEMENT
- ELEMENT const *const xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Still more help for the compiler. */
- ELEMENT const *const yv = ctxt->yvec; /* And more and more . . . */
- #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
-#else
- #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
-#endif
- const OFFSET dmin = xoff - ylim; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */
- const OFFSET dmax = xlim - yoff; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */
- const OFFSET fmid = xoff - yoff; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */
- const OFFSET bmid = xlim - ylim; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */
- OFFSET fmin = fmid;
- OFFSET fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */
- OFFSET bmin = bmid;
- OFFSET bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */
- OFFSET c; /* Cost. */
- bool odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* True if southeast corner is on an odd
- diagonal with respect to the northwest. */
-
- fd[fmid] = xoff;
- bd[bmid] = xlim;
-
- for (c = 1;; ++c)
- {
- OFFSET d; /* Active diagonal. */
- bool big_snake = false;
-
- /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */
- if (fmin > dmin)
- fd[--fmin - 1] = -1;
- else
- ++fmin;
- if (fmax < dmax)
- fd[++fmax + 1] = -1;
- else
- --fmax;
- for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET x;
- OFFSET y;
- OFFSET tlo = fd[d - 1];
- OFFSET thi = fd[d + 1];
- OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? thi : tlo + 1;
-
- for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
- x < xlim && y < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x, y);
- x++, y++)
- continue;
- if (x - x0 > SNAKE_LIMIT)
- big_snake = true;
- fd[d] = x;
- if (odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x)
- {
- part->xmid = x;
- part->ymid = y;
- part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Similarly extend the bottom-up search. */
- if (bmin > dmin)
- bd[--bmin - 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
- else
- ++bmin;
- if (bmax < dmax)
- bd[++bmax + 1] = OFFSET_MAX;
- else
- --bmax;
- for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET x;
- OFFSET y;
- OFFSET tlo = bd[d - 1];
- OFFSET thi = bd[d + 1];
- OFFSET x0 = tlo < thi ? tlo : thi - 1;
-
- for (x = x0, y = x0 - d;
- xoff < x && yoff < y && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - 1, y - 1);
- x--, y--)
- continue;
- if (x0 - x > SNAKE_LIMIT)
- big_snake = true;
- bd[d] = x;
- if (!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d])
- {
- part->xmid = x;
- part->ymid = y;
- part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = true;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- if (find_minimal)
- continue;
-
-#ifdef USE_HEURISTIC
- bool heuristic = ctxt->heuristic;
-#else
- bool heuristic = false;
-#endif
-
- /* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made lots
- of progress compared with the edit distance. If we have any
- such, find the one that has made the most progress and return it
- as if it had succeeded.
-
- With this heuristic, for vectors with a constant small density
- of changes, the algorithm is linear in the vector size. */
-
- if (200 < c && big_snake && heuristic)
- {
- {
- OFFSET best = 0;
-
- for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET dd = d - fmid;
- OFFSET x = fd[d];
- OFFSET y = x - d;
- OFFSET v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd;
-
- if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
- {
- if (v > best
- && xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim
- && yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim)
- {
- /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
- that it end with a significant snake. */
- int k;
-
- for (k = 1; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x - k, y - k); k++)
- if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT)
- {
- best = v;
- part->xmid = x;
- part->ymid = y;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (best > 0)
- {
- part->lo_minimal = true;
- part->hi_minimal = false;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- {
- OFFSET best = 0;
-
- for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET dd = d - bmid;
- OFFSET x = bd[d];
- OFFSET y = x - d;
- OFFSET v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd;
-
- if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd)))
- {
- if (v > best
- && xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT
- && yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT)
- {
- /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist
- that it end with a significant snake. */
- int k;
-
- for (k = 0; XREF_YREF_EQUAL (x + k, y + k); k++)
- if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1)
- {
- best = v;
- part->xmid = x;
- part->ymid = y;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (best > 0)
- {
- part->lo_minimal = false;
- part->hi_minimal = true;
- return;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty, give up
- and report halfway between our best results so far. */
- if (c >= ctxt->too_expensive)
- {
- OFFSET fxybest;
- OFFSET fxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
- OFFSET bxybest;
- OFFSET bxbest IF_LINT (= 0);
-
- /* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y. */
- fxybest = -1;
- for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET x = MIN (fd[d], xlim);
- OFFSET y = x - d;
- if (ylim < y)
- {
- x = ylim + d;
- y = ylim;
- }
- if (fxybest < x + y)
- {
- fxybest = x + y;
- fxbest = x;
- }
- }
-
- /* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y. */
- bxybest = OFFSET_MAX;
- for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2)
- {
- OFFSET x = MAX (xoff, bd[d]);
- OFFSET y = x - d;
- if (y < yoff)
- {
- x = yoff + d;
- y = yoff;
- }
- if (x + y < bxybest)
- {
- bxybest = x + y;
- bxbest = x;
- }
- }
-
- /* Use the better of the two diagonals. */
- if ((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff))
- {
- part->xmid = fxbest;
- part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest;
- part->lo_minimal = true;
- part->hi_minimal = false;
- }
- else
- {
- part->xmid = bxbest;
- part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest;
- part->lo_minimal = false;
- part->hi_minimal = true;
- }
- return;
- }
- }
- #undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
-}
-
-
-/* Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two vectors
- which are known, as a whole, to match each other.
-
- The subsequence of vector 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for vector 1.
-
- Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds. All indices into the vectors
- are origin-0.
-
- If FIND_MINIMAL, find a minimal difference no matter how
- expensive it is.
-
- The results are recorded by invoking NOTE_DELETE and NOTE_INSERT.
-
- Return false if terminated normally, or true if terminated through early
- abort. */
-
-static bool
-compareseq (OFFSET xoff, OFFSET xlim, OFFSET yoff, OFFSET ylim,
- bool find_minimal, struct context *ctxt)
-{
-#ifdef ELEMENT
- ELEMENT const *xv = ctxt->xvec; /* Help the compiler. */
- ELEMENT const *yv = ctxt->yvec;
- #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) EQUAL (xv[x], yv[y])
-#else
- #define XREF_YREF_EQUAL(x,y) XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL (ctxt, x, y)
-#endif
-
- while (true)
- {
- /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */
- while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xoff, yoff))
- {
- xoff++;
- yoff++;
- }
-
- /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */
- while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && XREF_YREF_EQUAL (xlim - 1, ylim - 1))
- {
- xlim--;
- ylim--;
- }
-
- /* Handle simple cases. */
- if (xoff == xlim)
- {
- while (yoff < ylim)
- {
- NOTE_INSERT (ctxt, yoff);
- if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
- return true;
- yoff++;
- }
- break;
- }
- if (yoff == ylim)
- {
- while (xoff < xlim)
- {
- NOTE_DELETE (ctxt, xoff);
- if (EARLY_ABORT (ctxt))
- return true;
- xoff++;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- struct partition part;
-
- /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the vectors. */
- diag (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, find_minimal, &part, ctxt);
-
- /* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems. */
- OFFSET xoff1, xlim1, yoff1, ylim1, xoff2, xlim2, yoff2, ylim2;
- bool find_minimal1, find_minimal2;
- if (!NOTE_ORDERED
- && ((xlim + ylim) - (part.xmid + part.ymid)
- < (part.xmid + part.ymid) - (xoff + yoff)))
- {
- /* The second problem is smaller and the caller doesn't
- care about order, so do the second problem first to
- lessen recursion. */
- xoff1 = part.xmid; xlim1 = xlim;
- yoff1 = part.ymid; ylim1 = ylim;
- find_minimal1 = part.hi_minimal;
-
- xoff2 = xoff; xlim2 = part.xmid;
- yoff2 = yoff; ylim2 = part.ymid;
- find_minimal2 = part.lo_minimal;
- }
- else
- {
- xoff1 = xoff; xlim1 = part.xmid;
- yoff1 = yoff; ylim1 = part.ymid;
- find_minimal1 = part.lo_minimal;
-
- xoff2 = part.xmid; xlim2 = xlim;
- yoff2 = part.ymid; ylim2 = ylim;
- find_minimal2 = part.hi_minimal;
- }
-
- /* Recurse to do one subproblem. */
- bool early = compareseq (xoff1, xlim1, yoff1, ylim1, find_minimal1, ctxt);
- if (early)
- return early;
-
- /* Iterate to do the other subproblem. */
- xoff = xoff2; xlim = xlim2;
- yoff = yoff2; ylim = ylim2;
- find_minimal = find_minimal2;
- }
-
- return false;
- #undef XREF_YREF_EQUAL
-}
-
-#undef ELEMENT
-#undef EQUAL
-#undef OFFSET
-#undef EXTRA_CONTEXT_FIELDS
-#undef NOTE_DELETE
-#undef NOTE_INSERT
-#undef EARLY_ABORT
-#undef USE_HEURISTIC
-#undef XVECREF_YVECREF_EQUAL
-#undef OFFSET_MAX
diff --git a/cross/lib/dirent.in.h b/cross/lib/dirent.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aaabd054a8..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dirent.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-/* A GNU-like .
- Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
-
-#if __GNUC__ >= 3
-@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
-#endif
-@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
-
-/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
-#if @HAVE_DIRENT_H@
-# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_DIRENT_H@
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
-#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
-
-/* Get ino_t. Needed on some systems, including glibc 2.8. */
-#include
-
-#if !@HAVE_DIRENT_H@
-/* Define types DIR and 'struct dirent'. */
-# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent
-struct dirent
-{
- char d_type;
- char d_name[1];
-};
-/* Possible values for 'd_type'. */
-# define DT_UNKNOWN 0
-# define DT_FIFO 1 /* FIFO */
-# define DT_CHR 2 /* character device */
-# define DT_DIR 4 /* directory */
-# define DT_BLK 6 /* block device */
-# define DT_REG 8 /* regular file */
-# define DT_LNK 10 /* symbolic link */
-# define DT_SOCK 12 /* socket */
-# define DT_WHT 14 /* whiteout */
-typedef struct gl_directory DIR;
-# define GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
- that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
- function F. */
-#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
-# if __GNUC__ >= 11
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
-# else
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
- allocated memory. */
-/* Applies to: functions. */
-#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
-# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
-# else
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
- The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */
-#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
-# else
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
-
-
-/* Declare overridden functions. */
-
-#if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@
-# if @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef closedir
-# define closedir rpl_closedir
-# define GNULIB_defined_closedir 1
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
-# else
-# if !@HAVE_CLOSEDIR@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (closedir);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef closedir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CLOSEDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (closedir, "closedir is not portable - "
- "use gnulib module closedir for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_OPENDIR@
-# if @REPLACE_OPENDIR@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef opendir
-# define opendir rpl_opendir
-# define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (opendir, DIR *,
- (const char *dir_name)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
-# else
-# if !@HAVE_OPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
- (const char *dir_name)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (opendir);
-#else
-# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined opendir
-/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate opendir with closedir or
- rpl_closedir. */
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
- (const char *dir_name)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-# endif
-# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef opendir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (opendir, "opendir is not portable - "
- "use gnulib module opendir for portability");
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_READDIR@
-# if !@HAVE_READDIR@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp));
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readdir);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef readdir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readdir, "readdir is not portable - "
- "use gnulib module readdir for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_REWINDDIR@
-# if !@HAVE_REWINDDIR@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp));
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rewinddir);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef rewinddir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REWINDDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rewinddir, "rewinddir is not portable - "
- "use gnulib module rewinddir for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_DIRFD@
-/* Return the file descriptor associated with the given directory stream,
- or -1 if none exists. */
-# if @REPLACE_DIRFD@
-/* On kLIBC, dirfd() is a macro that does not work. Undefine it. */
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) || defined dirfd
-# undef dirfd
-# define dirfd rpl_dirfd
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
-
-# ifdef __KLIBC__
-/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the dirfd metadata. */
-_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
-_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd);
-# endif
-# else
-# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined dirfd
- /* dirfd is defined as a macro and not as a function.
- Turn it into a function and get rid of the macro. */
-static inline int (dirfd) (DIR *dp) { return dirfd (dp); }
-# undef dirfd
-# endif
-# if !(@HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@ || defined dirfd)
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dirfd);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef dirfd
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DIRFD
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dirfd, "dirfd is unportable - "
- "use gnulib module dirfd for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@
-/* Open a directory stream visiting the given directory file
- descriptor. Return NULL and set errno if fd is not visiting a
- directory. On success, this function consumes fd (it will be
- implicitly closed either by this function or by a subsequent
- closedir). */
-# if @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef fdopendir
-# define fdopendir rpl_fdopendir
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *,
- (int fd)
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
-# else
-# if !@HAVE_FDOPENDIR@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
- (int fd)
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopendir);
-#else
-# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fdopendir
-/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopendir with closedir or
- rpl_closedir. */
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
- (int fd)
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
-# endif
-# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef fdopendir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDOPENDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopendir, "fdopendir is unportable - "
- "use gnulib module fdopendir for portability");
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_SCANDIR@
-/* Scan the directory DIR, calling FILTER on each directory entry.
- Entries for which FILTER returns nonzero are individually malloc'd,
- sorted using qsort with CMP, and collected in a malloc'd array in
- *NAMELIST. Returns the number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */
-# if !@HAVE_SCANDIR@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (scandir, int,
- (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
- int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
- int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **))
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
-# endif
-/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the fourth parameter is
- int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *). */
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (scandir, int,
- (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
- int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
- int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)));
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scandir);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef scandir
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCANDIR
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (scandir, "scandir is unportable - "
- "use gnulib module scandir for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_ALPHASORT@
-/* Compare two 'struct dirent' entries alphabetically. */
-# if !@HAVE_ALPHASORT@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (alphasort, int,
- (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)
- _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
-# endif
-/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the parameters are
- (const void *, const void *). */
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (alphasort, int,
- (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **));
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (alphasort);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef alphasort
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALPHASORT
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (alphasort, "alphasort is unportable - "
- "use gnulib module alphasort for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/dirfd.c b/cross/lib/dirfd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b1d25cdbd..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dirfd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
-
- Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifdef __KLIBC__
-# include
-# include
-
-static struct dirp_fd_list
-{
- DIR *dirp;
- int fd;
- struct dirp_fd_list *next;
-} *dirp_fd_start = NULL;
-
-/* Register fd associated with dirp to dirp_fd_list. */
-int
-_gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
-{
- struct dirp_fd_list *new_dirp_fd = malloc (sizeof *new_dirp_fd);
- if (!new_dirp_fd)
- return -1;
-
- new_dirp_fd->dirp = dirp;
- new_dirp_fd->fd = fd;
- new_dirp_fd->next = dirp_fd_start;
-
- dirp_fd_start = new_dirp_fd;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Unregister fd from dirp_fd_list with closing it */
-void
-_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd)
-{
- struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
- struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd_prev;
-
- for (dirp_fd_prev = NULL, dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd;
- dirp_fd_prev = dirp_fd, dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
- {
- if (dirp_fd->fd == fd)
- {
- if (dirp_fd_prev)
- dirp_fd_prev->next = dirp_fd->next;
- else /* dirp_fd == dirp_fd_start */
- dirp_fd_start = dirp_fd_start->next;
-
- close (fd);
- free (dirp_fd);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-int
-dirfd (DIR *dir_p)
-{
- int fd = DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
- if (fd == -1)
-#ifndef __KLIBC__
- errno = ENOTSUP;
-#else
- {
- struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
-
- for (dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
- if (dirp_fd->dirp == dir_p)
- return dirp_fd->fd;
-
- errno = EINVAL;
- }
-#endif
-
- return fd;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/dtoastr.c b/cross/lib/dtoastr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 66b50995c79..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dtoastr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert 'double' to accurate string.
-
- Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
- or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#define LENGTH 2
-#include "ftoastr.c"
diff --git a/cross/lib/dtotimespec.c b/cross/lib/dtotimespec.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 28a44b69171..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dtotimespec.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert double to timespec.
-
- Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Paul Eggert */
-
-/* Convert the double value SEC to a struct timespec. Round toward
- positive infinity. On overflow, return an extremal value. */
-
-#include
-
-#include "timespec.h"
-
-#include "intprops.h"
-
-struct timespec
-dtotimespec (double sec)
-{
- if (! (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t) < sec))
- return make_timespec (TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t), 0);
- else if (! (sec < 1.0 + TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t)))
- return make_timespec (TYPE_MAXIMUM (time_t), TIMESPEC_HZ - 1);
- else
- {
- time_t s = sec;
- double frac = TIMESPEC_HZ * (sec - s);
- long ns = frac;
- ns += ns < frac;
- s += ns / TIMESPEC_HZ;
- ns %= TIMESPEC_HZ;
-
- if (ns < 0)
- {
- s--;
- ns += TIMESPEC_HZ;
- }
-
- return make_timespec (s, ns);
- }
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/dup2.c b/cross/lib/dup2.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d197ca3123..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dup2.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
-
- Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Paul Eggert */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#undef dup2
-
-#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-
-/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include
-
-# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
-# include "msvc-inval.h"
-# endif
-
-/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
-# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
-# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
-# else
-# include
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
-static int
-dup2_nothrow (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
- int result;
-
- TRY_MSVC_INVAL
- {
- result = _dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
- }
- CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
- {
- errno = EBADF;
- result = -1;
- }
- DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
-
- return result;
-}
-# else
-# define dup2_nothrow _dup2
-# endif
-
-static int
-ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
- int result;
-
- /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd). If fd is open,
- dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
- future dup2 calls will hang. */
- if (fd == desired_fd)
- {
- if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
- {
- errno = EBADF;
- return -1;
- }
- return fd;
- }
-
- /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
- https://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
- if (desired_fd < 0)
- {
- errno = EBADF;
- return -1;
- }
-
- result = dup2_nothrow (fd, desired_fd);
-
- if (result == 0)
- result = desired_fd;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
-
-#elif defined __KLIBC__
-
-# include
-
-static int
-klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
- int tempfd;
- int dupfd;
-
- tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY);
- if (tempfd == -1)
- return -1;
-
- if (tempfd == desired_fd)
- {
- close (tempfd);
-
- char path[_MAX_PATH];
- if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
- return -1;
-
- return open(path, O_RDONLY);
- }
-
- dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
-
- close (tempfd);
-
- return dupfd;
-}
-
-static int
-klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
- int dupfd;
- struct stat sbuf;
-
- dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
- if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
- && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
- {
- close (desired_fd);
-
- return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
- }
-
- return dupfd;
-}
-
-# define dup2 klibc_dup2
-#endif
-
-int
-rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
-{
- int result;
-
-#ifdef F_GETFL
- /* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
- On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
- On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
- On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core.
- On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC. */
-# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
- setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1);
-# endif
- if (desired_fd < 0)
- fd = desired_fd;
- if (fd == desired_fd)
- return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
-#endif
-
- result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
-
- /* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x. */
- if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
- errno = EBADF;
-#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
- if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
- result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-#endif
- return result;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/dynarray.h b/cross/lib/dynarray.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9155910934f..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/dynarray.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
- Copyright 2021-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible, 2021. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_DYNARRAY_H
-#define _GL_DYNARRAY_H
-
-/* Before including this file, you need to define:
-
- DYNARRAY_STRUCT
- The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
-
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
- The type name of the element type. Elements are copied
- as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
- array grows.
-
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX
- The prefix of the functions which are defined.
-
- The following parameters are optional:
-
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
- contents of elements. E is of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
-
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
- element. E is of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
- If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
- defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
- Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
-
- DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
- The size of the statically allocated array (default:
- at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
- Must be a preprocessor constant. If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
- there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
- arrays are heap-allocated.
-
- DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
- The name of the type which holds the final array. If not
- defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided. DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
- must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
- size_t at the start (in this order).
-
- These macros are undefined after this header file has been
- included.
-
- The following types are provided (their members are private to the
- dynarray implementation):
-
- struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
-
- The following functions are provided:
- */
-
-/* Initialize a dynamic array object. This must be called before any
- use of the object. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state. */
-#if 0
-static bool
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Mark the dynamic array as failed. All elements are deallocated as
- a side effect. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
- array. */
-#if 0
-static size_t
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any. For a
- zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
- array has not entered the failure state. */
-#if 0
-static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element. For a
- zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
- array has not entered the failure state. */
-#if 0
-static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX. Terminate the
- process if INDEX is out of bounds. */
-#if 0
-static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index);
-#endif
-
-/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
- Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
- increased. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item);
-#endif
-
-/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
- it. The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
- enlarged due to a memory allocation failure. */
-#if 0
-static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE. If SIZE is larger than the
- existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
- Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed. Return
- false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed). */
-#if 0
-static bool
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size);
-#endif
-
-/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-/* Remove all elements from the list. The elements are freed, but the
- list itself is not. */
-#if 0
-static void
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
-#endif
-
-#if defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
-/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
- Returns true on success on false on allocation failure. In either
- case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused. A NULL pointer is
- stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list. On success, the
- pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
- free. */
-#if 0
-static bool
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
- DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result);
-#endif
-#else /* !defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
-/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
- pointer to it. The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
- if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
- arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
- have a sentinel at the end). If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
- length is written to *LENGTHP. *LIST is re-initialized and can be
- reused. */
-#if 0
-static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
- size_t *lengthp);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
- defined like this:
-
- struct int_array
- {
- // Pointer to result array followed by its length,
- // as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
- int *array;
- size_t length;
- };
-
- #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
- #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
- #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
- #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
- #include
-
- To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
- code:
-
- struct dynarray_int dyn;
- dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
- for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
- {
- int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
- assert (place != NULL);
- *place = i;
- }
- struct int_array result;
- bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
- assert (ok);
- assert (result.length == 3);
- assert (result.array[0] == 1);
- assert (result.array[1] == 2);
- assert (result.array[2] == 3);
- free (result.array);
-
- If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
-
- struct str_array
- {
- char **array;
- size_t length;
- };
-
- #define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
- #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
- #define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
- #define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
- #define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
- #include
- */
-
-
-/* The implementation is imported from glibc. */
-
-/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc. */
-#define __libc_dynarray_at_failure gl_dynarray_at_failure
-#define __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge gl_dynarray_emplace_enlarge
-#define __libc_dynarray_finalize gl_dynarray_finalize
-#define __libc_dynarray_resize_clear gl_dynarray_resize_clear
-#define __libc_dynarray_resize gl_dynarray_resize
-
-#if defined DYNARRAY_STRUCT || defined DYNARRAY_ELEMENT || defined DYNARRAY_PREFIX
-
-# ifndef _GL_LIKELY
-/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'. */
-# define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
-# define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
-# endif
-
-/* Define auxiliary structs and declare auxiliary functions, common to all
- instantiations of dynarray. */
-# include
-
-/* Define the instantiation, specified through
- DYNARRAY_STRUCT
- DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
- DYNARRAY_PREFIX
- etc. */
-# include
-
-#else
-
-/* This file is being included from one of the malloc/dynarray_*.c files. */
-# include
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GL_DYNARRAY_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/eloop-threshold.h b/cross/lib/eloop-threshold.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 510f261795d..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/eloop-threshold.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/* Threshold at which to diagnose ELOOP. Generic version.
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
- . */
-
-#ifndef _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H
-#define _ELOOP_THRESHOLD_H 1
-
-#include
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include
-# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
-#else
-# include
-# include "minmax.h"
-# define __sysconf sysconf
-# if (!defined SYMLOOP_MAX \
- && ! (defined _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX && defined _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX))
-# define SYMLOOP_MAX 8
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* POSIX specifies SYMLOOP_MAX as the "Maximum number of symbolic
- links that can be reliably traversed in the resolution of a
- pathname in the absence of a loop." This makes it a minimum that
- we should certainly accept. But it leaves open the possibility
- that more might sometimes work--just not "reliably".
-
- For example, Linux implements a complex policy whereby there is a
- small limit on the number of direct symlink traversals (a symlink
- to a symlink to a symlink), but larger limit on the total number of
- symlink traversals overall. Hence the SYMLOOP_MAX number should be
- the small one, but the limit library functions enforce on users
- should be the larger one.
-
- So, we use the larger of the reported SYMLOOP_MAX (if any) and our
- own constant MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD, below. This constant should be
- large enough that it never rules out a file name and directory tree
- that the underlying system (i.e. calls to 'open' et al) would
- resolve successfully. It should be small enough that actual loops
- are detected without a huge number of iterations. */
-
-#ifndef MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD
-# define MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD 40
-#endif
-
-/* Return the maximum number of symlink traversals to permit
- before diagnosing ELOOP. */
-static inline unsigned int _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
-__eloop_threshold (void)
-{
-#ifdef SYMLOOP_MAX
- const int symloop_max = SYMLOOP_MAX;
-#else
- /* The function is marked 'const' even though we use memory and
- call a function, because sysconf is required to return the
- same value in every call and so it must always be safe to
- call __eloop_threshold exactly once and reuse the value. */
- static long int sysconf_symloop_max;
- if (sysconf_symloop_max == 0)
- sysconf_symloop_max = __sysconf (_SC_SYMLOOP_MAX);
- const unsigned int symloop_max = (sysconf_symloop_max <= 0
- ? _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX
- : sysconf_symloop_max);
-#endif
-
- return MAX (symloop_max, MIN_ELOOP_THRESHOLD);
-}
-
-#endif /* eloop-threshold.h */
diff --git a/cross/lib/errno.in.h b/cross/lib/errno.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dda9c260e6..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/errno.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/* A POSIX-like .
-
- Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
-
-#if __GNUC__ >= 3
-@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
-#endif
-@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
-
-/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
-#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
-
-
-/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
-# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-
-/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
-
-# ifndef ENOMSG
-# define ENOMSG 122
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EIDRM
-# define EIDRM 111
-# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENOLINK
-# define ENOLINK 121
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EPROTO
-# define EPROTO 134
-# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EBADMSG
-# define EBADMSG 104
-# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EOVERFLOW
-# define EOVERFLOW 132
-# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENOTSUP
-# define ENOTSUP 129
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENETRESET
-# define ENETRESET 117
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ECONNABORTED
-# define ECONNABORTED 106
-# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ECANCELED
-# define ECANCELED 105
-# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
-# define EOWNERDEAD 133
-# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
-# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EINPROGRESS
-# define EINPROGRESS 112
-# define EALREADY 103
-# define ENOTSOCK 128
-# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
-# define EMSGSIZE 115
-# define EPROTOTYPE 136
-# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
-# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
-# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
-# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
-# define EADDRINUSE 100
-# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
-# define ENETDOWN 116
-# define ENETUNREACH 118
-# define ECONNRESET 108
-# define ENOBUFS 119
-# define EISCONN 113
-# define ENOTCONN 126
-# define ETIMEDOUT 138
-# define ECONNREFUSED 107
-# define ELOOP 114
-# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
-# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
-# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ETXTBSY
-# define ETXTBSY 139
-# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
-# endif
-
-/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
- in . */
-# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define EDQUOT 10069
-# define ESTALE 10070
-# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
-# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
-
-# endif
-
-
-/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
- EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
-# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
-# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
-# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
-# endif
-# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
-# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
-# endif
-# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
-# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
-# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
-# endif
-
-
-/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
- EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
- Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
- Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
- HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
-
- Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
- binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
- errno values from the system. */
-
-# ifndef ENOMSG
-# define ENOMSG 2000
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EIDRM
-# define EIDRM 2001
-# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENOLINK
-# define ENOLINK 2002
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EPROTO
-# define EPROTO 2003
-# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EMULTIHOP
-# define EMULTIHOP 2004
-# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EBADMSG
-# define EBADMSG 2005
-# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EOVERFLOW
-# define EOVERFLOW 2006
-# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENOTSUP
-# define ENOTSUP 2007
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ENETRESET
-# define ENETRESET 2011
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ECONNABORTED
-# define ECONNABORTED 2012
-# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ESTALE
-# define ESTALE 2009
-# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EDQUOT
-# define EDQUOT 2010
-# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ECANCELED
-# define ECANCELED 2008
-# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
-# endif
-
-/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
- defined. */
-
-# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
-# if defined __sun
- /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
- interoperability. */
-# define EOWNERDEAD 58
-# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
-# elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
- /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
- differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
-# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
- /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
- interoperability. */
-# define EOWNERDEAD 43
-# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
-# else
- /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
- interoperability. */
-# define EOWNERDEAD 133
-# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
-# endif
-# else
-# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
-# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
-# endif
-# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
-# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
-# endif
-
-# ifndef EILSEQ
-# define EILSEQ 2015
-# define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
-# endif
-
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/euidaccess.c b/cross/lib/euidaccess.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c2ecbeff52a..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/euidaccess.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-
- Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2003-2006, 2008-2023 Free
- Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
- Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# include
-#endif
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-# include
-#else
-# include "root-uid.h"
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_LIBGEN_H
-# include
-#endif
-
-#include
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#if defined EACCES && !defined EACCESS
-# define EACCESS EACCES
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_OK
-# define F_OK 0
-# define X_OK 1
-# define W_OK 2
-# define R_OK 4
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-
-# define access __access
-# define getuid __getuid
-# define getgid __getgid
-# define geteuid __geteuid
-# define getegid __getegid
-# define group_member __group_member
-# define euidaccess __euidaccess
-# undef stat
-# define stat stat64
-
-#endif
-
-/* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on FILE;
- otherwise, return -1 and set 'errno'.
- Like access, except that it uses the effective user and group
- id's instead of the real ones, and it does not always check for read-only
- file system, text busy, etc. */
-
-int
-euidaccess (const char *file, int mode)
-{
-#if HAVE_FACCESSAT /* glibc, AIX 7, Solaris 11, Cygwin 1.7 */
- return faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, mode, AT_EACCESS);
-#elif defined EFF_ONLY_OK /* IRIX, OSF/1, Interix */
- return access (file, mode | EFF_ONLY_OK);
-#elif defined ACC_SELF /* AIX */
- return accessx (file, mode, ACC_SELF);
-#elif HAVE_EACCESS /* FreeBSD */
- return eaccess (file, mode);
-#elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__ /* mingw */
- return _access (file, mode);
-#else /* Mac OS X, NetBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Cygwin, BeOS */
-
- uid_t uid = getuid ();
- gid_t gid = getgid ();
- uid_t euid = geteuid ();
- gid_t egid = getegid ();
- struct stat stats;
-
-# if HAVE_DECL_SETREGID && PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS
-
- /* Define PREFER_NONREENTRANT_EUIDACCESS if you prefer euidaccess to
- return the correct result even if this would make it
- nonreentrant. Define this only if your entire application is
- safe even if the uid or gid might temporarily change. If your
- application uses signal handlers or threads it is probably not
- safe. */
-
- if (mode == F_OK)
- {
- int result = stat (file, &stats);
- return result != 0 && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : result;
- }
- else
- {
- int result;
- int saved_errno;
-
- if (uid != euid)
- setreuid (euid, uid);
- if (gid != egid)
- setregid (egid, gid);
-
- result = access (file, mode);
- saved_errno = errno;
-
- /* Restore them. */
- if (uid != euid)
- setreuid (uid, euid);
- if (gid != egid)
- setregid (gid, egid);
-
- errno = saved_errno;
- return result;
- }
-
-# else
-
- /* The following code assumes the traditional Unix model, and is not
- correct on systems that have ACLs or the like. However, it's
- better than nothing, and it is reentrant. */
-
- unsigned int granted;
- if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
- /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same. */
- return access (file, mode);
-
- if (stat (file, &stats) == -1)
- return mode == F_OK && errno == EOVERFLOW ? 0 : -1;
-
- /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
- that anyone can execute. */
- if (euid == ROOT_UID
- && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
- || (stats.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))))
- return 0;
-
- /* Convert the mode to traditional form, clearing any bogus bits. */
- if (R_OK == 4 && W_OK == 2 && X_OK == 1 && F_OK == 0)
- mode &= 7;
- else
- mode = ((mode & R_OK ? 4 : 0)
- + (mode & W_OK ? 2 : 0)
- + (mode & X_OK ? 1 : 0));
-
- if (mode == 0)
- return 0; /* The file exists. */
-
- /* Convert the file's permission bits to traditional form. */
- if (S_IRUSR == (4 << 6) && S_IWUSR == (2 << 6) && S_IXUSR == (1 << 6)
- && S_IRGRP == (4 << 3) && S_IWGRP == (2 << 3) && S_IXGRP == (1 << 3)
- && S_IROTH == (4 << 0) && S_IWOTH == (2 << 0) && S_IXOTH == (1 << 0))
- granted = stats.st_mode;
- else
- granted = ((stats.st_mode & S_IRUSR ? 4 << 6 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IWUSR ? 2 << 6 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IXUSR ? 1 << 6 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IRGRP ? 4 << 3 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IWGRP ? 2 << 3 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IXGRP ? 1 << 3 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IROTH ? 4 << 0 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IWOTH ? 2 << 0 : 0)
- + (stats.st_mode & S_IXOTH ? 1 << 0 : 0));
-
- if (euid == stats.st_uid)
- granted >>= 6;
- else if (egid == stats.st_gid || group_member (stats.st_gid))
- granted >>= 3;
-
- if ((mode & ~granted) == 0)
- return 0;
- __set_errno (EACCESS);
- return -1;
-
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-#undef euidaccess
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TEST
-# include
-# include
-# include
-
-int
-main (int argc, char **argv)
-{
- char *file;
- int mode;
- int err;
-
- if (argc < 3)
- abort ();
- file = argv[1];
- mode = atoi (argv[2]);
-
- err = euidaccess (file, mode);
- printf ("%d\n", err);
- if (err != 0)
- error (0, errno, "%s", file);
- exit (0);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/execinfo.c b/cross/lib/execinfo.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2048d00f5fb..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/execinfo.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-/* Information about executables.
-
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#define _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
-#include "execinfo.h"
diff --git a/cross/lib/execinfo.in.h b/cross/lib/execinfo.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ff9293b6327..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/execinfo.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* Information about executables.
-
- Copyright (C) 2012-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#ifndef _GL_EXECINFO_H
-#define _GL_EXECINFO_H
-
-#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
- #error "Please include config.h first."
-#endif
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
-#ifndef _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE
-# define _GL_EXECINFO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
-#endif
-
-_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE int
-backtrace (void **buffer, int size)
-{
- (void) buffer;
- (void) size;
- return 0;
-}
-
-_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE char **
-backtrace_symbols (void *const *buffer, int size)
-{
- (void) buffer;
- (void) size;
- return 0;
-}
-
-_GL_EXECINFO_INLINE void
-backtrace_symbols_fd (void *const *buffer, int size, int fd)
-{
- (void) buffer;
- (void) size;
- (void) fd;
-}
-
-_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/explicit_bzero.c b/cross/lib/explicit_bzero.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c33cab9e6d5..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/explicit_bzero.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/* Erasure of sensitive data, generic implementation.
- Copyright (C) 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
- . */
-
-/* An assembler implementation of explicit_bzero can be created as an
- assembler alias of an optimized bzero implementation.
- Architecture-specific implementations also need to define
- __explicit_bzero_chk. */
-
-#if !_LIBC
-# include
-#endif
-
-/* memset_s need this define */
-#if HAVE_MEMSET_S
-# define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include
-#endif
-
-#if _LIBC
-/* glibc-internal users use __explicit_bzero_chk, and explicit_bzero
- redirects to that. */
-# undef explicit_bzero
-#endif
-
-/* Set LEN bytes of S to 0. The compiler will not delete a call to
- this function, even if S is dead after the call. */
-void
-explicit_bzero (void *s, size_t len)
-{
-#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
- (void) SecureZeroMemory (s, len);
-#elif HAVE_EXPLICIT_MEMSET
- explicit_memset (s, '\0', len);
-#elif HAVE_MEMSET_S
- (void) memset_s (s, len, '\0', len);
-#elif defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
- memset (s, '\0', len);
- /* Compiler barrier. */
- asm volatile ("" ::: "memory");
-#elif defined __clang__
- memset (s, '\0', len);
- /* Compiler barrier. */
- /* With asm ("" ::: "memory") LLVM analyzes uses of 's' and finds that the
- whole thing is dead and eliminates it. Use 'g' to work around this
- problem. See . */
- __asm__ volatile ("" : : "g"(s) : "memory");
-#else
- /* Invoke memset through a volatile function pointer. This defeats compiler
- optimizations. */
- void * (* const volatile volatile_memset) (void *, int, size_t) = memset;
- (void) volatile_memset (s, '\0', len);
-#endif
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/faccessat.c b/cross/lib/faccessat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac8977cfd65..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/faccessat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-/* Check the access rights of a file relative to an open directory.
- Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Eric Blake */
-
-/* If the user's config.h happens to include , let it include only
- the system's here, so that orig_faccessat doesn't recurse to
- rpl_faccessat. */
-#define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H
-
-#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
-static int
-orig_faccessat (int fd, char const *name, int mode, int flag)
-{
- return faccessat (fd, name, mode, flag);
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Write "unistd.h" here, not , otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
- eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include
- above. */
-#include "unistd.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_ACCESS
-/* Mingw lacks access, but it also lacks real vs. effective ids, so
- the gnulib euidaccess module is good enough. */
-# undef access
-# define access euidaccess
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_FACCESSAT
-
-int
-rpl_faccessat (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
-{
- int result = orig_faccessat (fd, file, mode, flag);
-
- if (result == 0 && file[strlen (file) - 1] == '/')
- {
- struct stat st;
- result = fstatat (fd, file, &st, 0);
- if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
- {
- errno = ENOTDIR;
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-#else /* !HAVE_FACCESSAT */
-
-/* Invoke access or euidaccess on file, FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
- open on descriptor FD. If possible, do it without changing the
- working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir, then
- (access|euidaccess)/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the
- restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
- Note that this implementation only supports AT_EACCESS, although some
- native versions also support AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW. */
-
-# define AT_FUNC_NAME faccessat
-# define AT_FUNC_F1 euidaccess
-# define AT_FUNC_F2 access
-# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_EACCESS
-# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , int mode, int flag
-# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , mode
-# include "at-func.c"
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/fchmodat.c b/cross/lib/fchmodat.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a7b70a2af2c..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/fchmodat.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/* Change the protections of file relative to an open directory.
- Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering and Paul Eggert */
-
-/* If the user's config.h happens to include , let it include only
- the system's here, so that orig_fchmodat doesn't recurse to
- rpl_fchmodat. */
-#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include
-#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
-
-#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
-static int
-orig_fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
-{
- return fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
-}
-#endif
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifdef __osf__
-/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not , otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
- eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include
- above. */
-# include "sys/stat.h"
-#else
-# include
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-/* Invoke chmod or lchmod on FILE, using mode MODE, in the directory
- open on descriptor FD. If possible, do it without changing the
- working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
- then (chmod|lchmod)/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the
- restore_cwd fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
- Note that an attempt to use a FLAG value of AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
- on a system without lchmod support causes this function to fail. */
-
-#if HAVE_FCHMODAT
-int
-fchmodat (int dir, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flags)
-{
-# if HAVE_NEARLY_WORKING_FCHMODAT
- /* Correct the trailing slash handling. */
- size_t len = strlen (file);
- if (len && file[len - 1] == '/')
- {
- struct stat st;
- if (fstatat (dir, file, &st, flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) < 0)
- return -1;
- if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
- {
- errno = ENOTDIR;
- return -1;
- }
- }
-# endif
-
-# if NEED_FCHMODAT_NONSYMLINK_FIX
- if (flags == AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
- {
-# if HAVE_READLINKAT
- char readlink_buf[1];
-
-# ifdef O_PATH
- /* Open a file descriptor with O_NOFOLLOW, to make sure we don't
- follow symbolic links, if /proc is mounted. O_PATH is used to
- avoid a failure if the file is not readable.
- Cf. */
- int fd = openat (dir, file, O_PATH | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
- if (fd < 0)
- return fd;
-
- int err;
- if (0 <= readlinkat (fd, "", readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
- err = EOPNOTSUPP;
- else if (errno == EINVAL)
- {
- static char const fmt[] = "/proc/self/fd/%d";
- char buf[sizeof fmt - sizeof "%d" + INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (int)];
- sprintf (buf, fmt, fd);
- err = chmod (buf, mode) == 0 ? 0 : errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
- }
- else
- err = errno == ENOENT ? -1 : errno;
-
- close (fd);
-
- errno = err;
- if (0 <= err)
- return err == 0 ? 0 : -1;
-# endif
-
- /* O_PATH + /proc is not supported. */
-
- if (0 <= readlinkat (dir, file, readlink_buf, sizeof readlink_buf))
- {
- errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
- return -1;
- }
-# endif
-
- /* Fall back on orig_fchmodat with no flags, despite a possible race. */
- flags = 0;
- }
-# endif
-
- return orig_fchmodat (dir, file, mode, flags);
-}
-#else
-# define AT_FUNC_NAME fchmodat
-# define AT_FUNC_F1 lchmod
-# define AT_FUNC_F2 chmod
-# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
-# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , mode_t mode, int flag
-# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , mode
-# include "at-func.c"
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/fcntl.c b/cross/lib/fcntl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e220800845b..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/fcntl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
-/* Provide file descriptor control.
-
- Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* Written by Eric Blake . */
-
-#include
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifdef __KLIBC__
-# define INCL_DOS
-# include
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
-/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include
-
-/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
-# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
-# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
-# else
-# include
-# endif
-
-/* Upper bound on getdtablesize(). See lib/getdtablesize.c. */
-# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
-
-/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
- which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
- will be inheritable. */
-static int
-dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
-{
- /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd. Iterate until all
- file descriptors less than newfd are filled up. */
- HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
- HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
- unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
- unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
- int result;
- BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
- int mode;
-
- if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
- {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return -1;
- }
- if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
- || (mode = _setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
- {
- /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
- descriptor. */
- errno = EBADF;
- return -1;
- }
- _setmode (oldfd, mode);
- flags |= mode;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- HANDLE new_handle;
- int duplicated_fd;
- unsigned int index;
-
- if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process, /* SourceProcessHandle */
- old_handle, /* SourceHandle */
- curr_process, /* TargetProcessHandle */
- (PHANDLE) &new_handle, /* TargetHandle */
- (DWORD) 0, /* DesiredAccess */
- inherit, /* InheritHandle */
- DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
- {
- switch (GetLastError ())
- {
- case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES:
- errno = EMFILE;
- break;
- case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
- case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE:
- case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE:
- errno = EBADF;
- break;
- case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
- case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:
- case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS:
- errno = EINVAL;
- break;
- default:
- errno = EACCES;
- break;
- }
- result = -1;
- break;
- }
- duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
- if (duplicated_fd < 0)
- {
- CloseHandle (new_handle);
- result = -1;
- break;
- }
- if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
- {
- result = duplicated_fd;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[]. */
- index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
- if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
- {
- if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
- /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX. */
- abort ();
- memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
- index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
- fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
- }
- fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
- }
-
- /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small. */
- {
- int saved_errno = errno;
- unsigned int duplicated_fd;
-
- for (duplicated_fd = 0;
- duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
- duplicated_fd++)
- if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
- >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
- & 1)
- close (duplicated_fd);
-
- errno = saved_errno;
- }
-
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
- if (0 <= result)
- result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
-# endif
- return result;
-}
-#endif /* W32 */
-
-/* Forward declarations, because we '#undef fcntl' in the middle of this
- compilation unit. */
-/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target). */
-static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target);
-/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target). */
-static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target);
-#ifdef __KLIBC__
-/* Adds support for fcntl on directories. */
-static int klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...);
-#endif
-
-
-/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
- using the argument ARG further described below. This replacement
- handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
- native fcntl. An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
- EINVAL.
-
- F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
- If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
- otherwise return -1 and set errno.
-
- F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
- target fd. If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
- inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
-
- F_GETFD - ARG need not be present. If successful, return a
- non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
- FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
- return -1 and set errno. */
-
-int
-fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
-#undef fcntl
-#ifdef __KLIBC__
-# define fcntl klibc_fcntl
-#endif
-{
- va_list arg;
- int result = -1;
- va_start (arg, action);
- switch (action)
- {
- case F_DUPFD:
- {
- int target = va_arg (arg, int);
- result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
- break;
- }
-
- case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
- {
- int target = va_arg (arg, int);
- result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (fd, target);
- break;
- }
-
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
- case F_GETFD:
- {
-# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
- HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
- DWORD flags;
- if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
- || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
- errno = EBADF;
- else
- result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
-# else /* !W32 */
- /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors. No way to
- access this information, so punt. */
- if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
- result = 0;
-# endif /* !W32 */
- break;
- } /* F_GETFD */
-#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
-
- /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
- API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
- changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
- can lead to odd state. It may be possible by duplicating the
- handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
- using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
- is not supported for now. */
-
- default:
- {
-#if HAVE_FCNTL
- switch (action)
- {
- #ifdef F_BARRIERFSYNC /* macOS */
- case F_BARRIERFSYNC:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_CHKCLEAN /* macOS */
- case F_CHKCLEAN:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_CLOSEM /* NetBSD, HP-UX */
- case F_CLOSEM:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_FLUSH_DATA /* macOS */
- case F_FLUSH_DATA:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_FREEZE_FS /* macOS */
- case F_FREEZE_FS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_FULLFSYNC /* macOS */
- case F_FULLFSYNC:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETCONFINED /* macOS */
- case F_GETCONFINED:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL /* macOS */
- case F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETFD /* POSIX */
- case F_GETFD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETFL /* POSIX */
- case F_GETFL:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETLEASE /* Linux */
- case F_GETLEASE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETNOSIGPIPE /* macOS */
- case F_GETNOSIGPIPE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETOWN /* POSIX */
- case F_GETOWN:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETPIPE_SZ /* Linux */
- case F_GETPIPE_SZ:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS /* macOS */
- case F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL /* macOS */
- case F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GET_SEALS /* Linux */
- case F_GET_SEALS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETSIG /* Linux */
- case F_GETSIG:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_MAXFD /* NetBSD */
- case F_MAXFD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_RECYCLE /* macOS */
- case F_RECYCLE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETFIFOENH /* HP-UX */
- case F_SETFIFOENH:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_THAW_FS /* macOS */
- case F_THAW_FS:
- #endif
- /* These actions take no argument. */
- result = fcntl (fd, action);
- break;
-
- #ifdef F_ADD_SEALS /* Linux */
- case F_ADD_SEALS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_BADFD /* Solaris */
- case F_BADFD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_CHECK_OPENEVT /* macOS */
- case F_CHECK_OPENEVT:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUP2FD /* FreeBSD, AIX, Solaris */
- case F_DUP2FD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC /* FreeBSD, Solaris */
- case F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK /* Solaris */
- case F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUPFD /* POSIX */
- case F_DUPFD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC /* POSIX */
- case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOFORK /* Solaris */
- case F_DUPFD_CLOFORK:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GETXFL /* Solaris */
- case F_GETXFL:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE /* macOS */
- case F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_MAKECOMPRESSED /* macOS */
- case F_MAKECOMPRESSED:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS /* macOS */
- case F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_NOCACHE /* macOS */
- case F_NOCACHE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_NODIRECT /* macOS */
- case F_NODIRECT:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_NOTIFY /* Linux */
- case F_NOTIFY:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_OPLKACK /* IRIX */
- case F_OPLKACK:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_OPLKREG /* IRIX */
- case F_OPLKREG:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_RDAHEAD /* macOS */
- case F_RDAHEAD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETBACKINGSTORE /* macOS */
- case F_SETBACKINGSTORE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETCONFINED /* macOS */
- case F_SETCONFINED:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETFD /* POSIX */
- case F_SETFD:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETFL /* POSIX */
- case F_SETFL:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETLEASE /* Linux */
- case F_SETLEASE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETNOSIGPIPE /* macOS */
- case F_SETNOSIGPIPE:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETOWN /* POSIX */
- case F_SETOWN:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETPIPE_SZ /* Linux */
- case F_SETPIPE_SZ:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS /* macOS */
- case F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SETSIG /* Linux */
- case F_SETSIG:
- #endif
- #ifdef F_SINGLE_WRITER /* macOS */
- case F_SINGLE_WRITER:
- #endif
- /* These actions take an 'int' argument. */
- {
- int x = va_arg (arg, int);
- result = fcntl (fd, action, x);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /* Other actions take a pointer argument. */
- {
- void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
- result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
- }
- break;
- }
-#else
- errno = EINVAL;
-#endif
- break;
- }
- }
- va_end (arg);
- return result;
-}
-
-static int
-rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target)
-{
- int result;
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
- result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
-#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
- /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x. */
- if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
- {
- result = -1;
- errno = EINVAL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original. */
- int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
- if (flags < 0)
- result = -1;
- else
- {
- result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
- if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
- {
- int saved_errno = errno;
- close (result);
- result = -1;
- errno = saved_errno;
- }
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
- if (0 <= result)
- result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-# endif
- }
- }
-#else
- result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
-#endif
- return result;
-}
-
-static int
-rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target)
-{
- int result;
-#if !HAVE_FCNTL
- result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
-#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
-# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __HAIKU__
- /* On NetBSD 9.0, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target)
- has only the same effect as fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target). */
- /* On Haiku, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target) sets
- the FD_CLOEXEC flag on fd, not on target. Therefore avoid the
- system fcntl in this case. */
-# define have_dupfd_cloexec -1
-# else
- /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
- (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
- may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
- older kernel that does not support it. Cache the
- information on whether the system call really works, but
- avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
- for any reason. 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no. */
- static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
- if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
- {
- result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target);
- if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
- {
- have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
- if (0 <= result)
- result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
-# endif
- }
- else
- {
- result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
- if (result >= 0)
- have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
- }
- }
- else
-# endif
- result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
- if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
- {
- int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
- if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
- {
- int saved_errno = errno;
- close (result);
- errno = saved_errno;
- result = -1;
- }
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
- return result;
-}
-
-#undef fcntl
-
-#ifdef __KLIBC__
-
-static int
-klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
-{
- va_list arg_ptr;
- int arg;
- struct stat sbuf;
- int result;
-
- va_start (arg_ptr, action);
- arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int);
- result = fcntl (fd, action, arg);
- /* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */
- if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP)
- && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
- {
- ULONG ulMode;
-
- switch (action)
- {
- case F_DUPFD:
- /* Find available fd */
- while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF)
- arg++;
-
- result = dup2 (fd, arg);
- break;
-
- /* Using underlying APIs is right ? */
- case F_GETFD:
- if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
- break;
-
- result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0;
- break;
-
- case F_SETFD:
- if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC)
- break;
-
- if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
- break;
-
- if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC)
- ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
- else
- ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
-
- /* Filter supported flags. */
- ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR
- | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT);
-
- if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode))
- break;
-
- result = 0;
- break;
-
- case F_GETFL:
- result = 0;
- break;
-
- case F_SETFL:
- if (arg != 0)
- break;
-
- result = 0;
- break;
-
- default:
- errno = EINVAL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- va_end (arg_ptr);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/fcntl.in.h b/cross/lib/fcntl.in.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e034eaf9f5a..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/fcntl.in.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,445 +0,0 @@
-/* Like , but with non-working flags defined to 0.
-
- Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Paul Eggert */
-
-#if __GNUC__ >= 3
-@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
-#endif
-@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
-
-#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
-/* Special invocation convention. */
-
-/* Needed before .
- May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
-#include
-/* On some systems other than glibc, is a prerequisite of
- . On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
- But on glibc systems, includes inside an
- extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
- overridden from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
- with g++ version >= 4.3. */
-#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
-# include
-#endif
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
-
-/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in . */
-#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
- && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
-# include
-#endif
-
-#else
-/* Normal invocation convention. */
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
-
-/* Needed before .
- May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
-#include
-/* On some systems other than glibc, is a prerequisite of
- . On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
- But on glibc systems, includes inside an
- extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
- overridden from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
- with g++ version >= 4.3. */
-#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
-# include
-#endif
-/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
-#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
-
-/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in . */
-#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
- && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
-# include
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
-#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
-
-#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
-# include
-#endif
-
-
-/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
-
-/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
-
-
-/* Declare overridden functions. */
-
-#if @GNULIB_CREAT@
-# if @REPLACE_CREAT@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef creat
-# define creat rpl_creat
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
-# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef creat
-# define creat _creat
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
-# else
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef creat
-/* Assume creat is always declared. */
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (creat, "creat is not always POSIX compliant - "
- "use gnulib module creat for portability");
-#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CREAT@
-/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
- required. In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
- platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::creat always. */
-# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef creat
-# define creat _creat
-# endif
-/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'. */
-_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
-# else
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
-# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef fcntl
-# define fcntl rpl_fcntl
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl
-# define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl 1
-# endif
-# else
-# if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-# if !GNULIB_defined_fcntl
-# define GNULIB_defined_fcntl 1
-# endif
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef fcntl
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
- "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
-# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef open
-# define open rpl_open
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef open
-# define open _open
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# else
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# endif
-/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
- default argument. _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case. */
-# if !defined __hpux
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
-# endif
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef open
-/* Assume open is always declared. */
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
- "use gnulib module open for portability");
-#elif @GNULIB_MDA_OPEN@
-/* On native Windows, map 'open' to '_open', so that -loldnames is not
- required. In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
- platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::open always. */
-# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef open
-# define open _open
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# else
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
-# endif
-# if !defined __hpux
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
-# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
-# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
-# undef openat
-# define openat rpl_openat
-# endif
-_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
- (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
-_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
- (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
-# else
-# if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
-_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
- (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
- _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
- (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
-# endif
-_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
-#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
-# undef openat
-# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
-_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
- "use gnulib module openat for portability");
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw. */
-
-#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
-# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the supported F_* macros. Intentionally leave other F_*
- macros undefined. Only known to be missing on mingw. */
-
-#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
-# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
-/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise. */
-# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
-#else
-# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_DUPFD
-# define F_DUPFD 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef F_GETFD
-# define F_GETFD 2
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the O_* macros. */
-
-/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT
- to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions.
- But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems. */
-#ifdef _AIX
-# include
-# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX)
-# undef O_CLOEXEC
-# endif
-# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX)
-# undef O_NOFOLLOW
-# endif
-# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX)
-# undef O_TTY_INIT
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
-/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'. */
-# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
-#endif
-
-#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
-/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'. */
-# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
-# define O_CLOEXEC 0x40000000 /* Try to not collide with system O_* flags. */
-# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 1
-#else
-# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DIRECT
-# define O_DIRECT 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
-# define O_DIRECTORY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_DSYNC
-# define O_DSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_EXEC
-# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
-# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NDELAY
-# define O_NDELAY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOATIME
-# define O_NOATIME 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
-# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
-#endif
-
-/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
- value of O_NONBLOCK. Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
- or to 0 as fallback. */
-#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
-# if O_NONBLOCK
-# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
-# else
-# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
-# undef O_NONBLOCK
-# define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOCTTY
-# define O_NOCTTY 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOLINK
-# define O_NOLINK 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOLINKS
-# define O_NOLINKS 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_NOTRANS
-# define O_NOTRANS 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_RSYNC
-# define O_RSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_SEARCH
-# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_SYNC
-# define O_SYNC 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
-# define O_TTY_INIT 0
-#endif
-
-#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
-# undef O_ACCMODE
-# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
- O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
- /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-
-#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
- /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-# define O_TEXT 0
-#endif
-
-/* Fix up the AT_* macros. */
-
-/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive. Its
- value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
- C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases. If the bug
- is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below. */
-#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
-# undef AT_FDCWD
-#endif
-
-/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
- signedness. The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
- Solaris with the above workaround. */
-#ifndef AT_FDCWD
-# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
-#endif
-
-/* Use the same values as Solaris 9. This shouldn't matter, but
- there's no real reason to differ. */
-#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
-# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
-# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
-#endif
-
-/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values. */
-#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
-# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AT_EACCESS
-# define AT_EACCESS 4
-#endif
-
-/* Ignore this flag if not supported. */
-#ifndef AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT
-# define AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT 0
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
-#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/fdopendir.c b/cross/lib/fdopendir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index aa841e3e819..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/fdopendir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/* provide a replacement fdopendir function
- Copyright (C) 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#include
-
-#include
-
-#include
-#include
-
-#if !HAVE_FDOPENDIR
-
-# include "openat.h"
-# include "openat-priv.h"
-# include "save-cwd.h"
-
-# if GNULIB_DIRENT_SAFER
-# include "dirent--.h"
-# endif
-
-# ifndef REPLACE_FCHDIR
-# define REPLACE_FCHDIR 0
-# endif
-
-static DIR *fdopendir_with_dup (int, int, struct saved_cwd const *);
-static DIR *fd_clone_opendir (int, struct saved_cwd const *);
-
-/* Replacement for POSIX fdopendir.
-
- First, try to simulate it via opendir ("/proc/self/fd/..."). Failing
- that, simulate it by using fchdir metadata, or by doing
- save_cwd/fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd.
- If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
- then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
-
- If successful, the resulting stream is based on FD in
- implementations where streams are based on file descriptors and in
- applications where no other thread or signal handler allocates or
- frees file descriptors. In other cases, consult dirfd on the result
- to find out whether FD is still being used.
-
- Otherwise, this function works just like POSIX fdopendir.
-
- W A R N I N G:
-
- Unlike other fd-related functions, this one places constraints on FD.
- If this function returns successfully, FD is under control of the
- dirent.h system, and the caller should not close or modify the state of
- FD other than by the dirent.h functions. */
-# ifdef __KLIBC__
-# include
-
-DIR *
-fdopendir (int fd)
-{
- char path[_MAX_PATH];
- DIR *dirp;
-
- /* Get a path from fd */
- if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
- return NULL;
-
- dirp = opendir (path);
- if (!dirp)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Unregister fd registered by opendir() */
- _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (dirfd (dirp));
-
- /* Register our fd */
- if (_gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp))
- {
- int saved_errno = errno;
-
- closedir (dirp);
-
- errno = saved_errno;
-
- dirp = NULL;
- }
-
- return dirp;
-}
-# else
-DIR *
-fdopendir (int fd)
-{
- DIR *dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, NULL);
-
- if (! REPLACE_FCHDIR && ! dir)
- {
- int saved_errno = errno;
- if (EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
- {
- struct saved_cwd cwd;
- if (save_cwd (&cwd) != 0)
- openat_save_fail (errno);
- dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, &cwd);
- saved_errno = errno;
- free_cwd (&cwd);
- errno = saved_errno;
- }
- }
-
- return dir;
-}
-# endif
-
-/* Like fdopendir, except that if OLDER_DUPFD is not -1, it is known
- to be a dup of FD which is less than FD - 1 and which will be
- closed by the caller and not otherwise used by the caller. This
- function makes sure that FD is closed and all file descriptors less
- than FD are open, and then calls fd_clone_opendir on a dup of FD.
- That way, barring race conditions, fd_clone_opendir returns a
- stream whose file descriptor is FD.
-
- If REPLACE_FCHDIR or CWD is null, use opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...",
- falling back on fchdir metadata. Otherwise, CWD is a saved version
- of the working directory; use fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd(CWD). */
-static DIR *
-fdopendir_with_dup (int fd, int older_dupfd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
-{
- int dupfd = dup (fd);
- if (dupfd < 0 && errno == EMFILE)
- dupfd = older_dupfd;
- if (dupfd < 0)
- return NULL;
- else
- {
- DIR *dir;
- int saved_errno;
- if (dupfd < fd - 1 && dupfd != older_dupfd)
- {
- dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, dupfd, cwd);
- saved_errno = errno;
- }
- else
- {
- close (fd);
- dir = fd_clone_opendir (dupfd, cwd);
- saved_errno = errno;
- if (! dir)
- {
- int fd1 = dup (dupfd);
- if (fd1 != fd)
- openat_save_fail (fd1 < 0 ? errno : EBADF);
- }
- }
-
- if (dupfd != older_dupfd)
- close (dupfd);
- errno = saved_errno;
- return dir;
- }
-}
-
-/* Like fdopendir, except the result controls a clone of FD. It is
- the caller's responsibility both to close FD and (if the result is
- not null) to closedir the result. */
-static DIR *
-fd_clone_opendir (int fd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd)
-{
- if (REPLACE_FCHDIR || ! cwd)
- {
- DIR *dir = NULL;
- int saved_errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
- char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
- char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, ".");
- if (proc_file)
- {
- dir = opendir (proc_file);
- saved_errno = errno;
- if (proc_file != buf)
- free (proc_file);
- }
-# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
- if (! dir && EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno))
- {
- char const *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
- DIR *dp = name ? opendir (name) : NULL;
-
- /* The caller has done an elaborate dance to arrange for opendir to
- consume just the right file descriptor. If dirfd returns -1,
- though, we're on a system like mingw where opendir does not
- consume a file descriptor. Consume it via 'dup' instead. */
- if (dp && dirfd (dp) < 0)
- dup (fd);
-
- return dp;
- }
-# endif
- errno = saved_errno;
- return dir;
- }
- else
- {
- if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
- return NULL;
- else
- {
- DIR *dir = opendir (".");
- int saved_errno = errno;
- if (restore_cwd (cwd) != 0)
- openat_restore_fail (errno);
- errno = saved_errno;
- return dir;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#else /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
-
-# include
-# include
-
-# undef fdopendir
-
-/* Like fdopendir, but work around GNU/Hurd bug by validating FD. */
-
-DIR *
-rpl_fdopendir (int fd)
-{
- struct stat st;
- if (fstat (fd, &st))
- return NULL;
- if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode))
- {
- errno = ENOTDIR;
- return NULL;
- }
- return fdopendir (fd);
-}
-
-#endif /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */
diff --git a/cross/lib/file-has-acl.c b/cross/lib/file-has-acl.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b31a2ea2523..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/file-has-acl.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,621 +0,0 @@
-/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
-
- Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see .
-
- Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
-
-/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20120126 may suggest that the
- file_has_acl function might be candidate for attribute 'const' */
-#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
-# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=const"
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-#include "acl.h"
-
-#include "acl-internal.h"
-
-#if USE_ACL && GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
-# include
-# include
-# include
-# include
-# ifndef XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL
-# define XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL "system.nfs4_acl"
-# endif
-
-enum {
- /* ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE = 0x00000000, */
- ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE = 0x00000001,
- ACE4_IDENTIFIER_GROUP = 0x00000040
-};
-
-/* Return 1 if given ACL in XDR format is non-trivial, 0 if it is trivial.
- -1 upon failure to determine it. Possibly change errno. Assume that
- the ACL is valid, except avoid undefined behavior even if invalid.
-
- See . The NFSv4 acls are
- defined in Internet RFC 7530 and as such, every NFSv4 server
- supporting ACLs should support NFSv4 ACLs (they differ from from
- POSIX draft ACLs). The ACLs can be obtained via the
- nfsv4-acl-tools, e.g., the nfs4_getfacl command. Gnulib provides
- only basic support of NFSv4 ACLs, i.e., recognize trivial vs
- nontrivial ACLs. */
-
-static int
-acl_nfs4_nontrivial (uint32_t *xattr, ssize_t nbytes)
-{
- enum { BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT = 4};
-
- /* Grab the number of aces in the acl. */
- nbytes -= BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
- if (nbytes < 0)
- return -1;
- uint32_t num_aces = ntohl (*xattr++);
- if (6 < num_aces)
- return 1;
- int ace_found = 0;
-
- for (int ace_n = 0; ace_n < num_aces; ace_n++)
- {
- /* Get the acl type and flag. Skip the mask; it's too risky to
- test it and it does not seem to be needed. Get the wholen. */
- nbytes -= 4 * BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
- if (nbytes < 0)
- return -1;
- uint32_t type = ntohl (xattr[0]);
- uint32_t flag = ntohl (xattr[1]);
- uint32_t wholen = ntohl (xattr[3]);
- xattr += 4;
- int whowords = (wholen / BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT
- + (wholen % BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT != 0));
- int64_t wholen4 = whowords;
- wholen4 *= BYTES_PER_NETWORK_UINT;
-
- /* Trivial ACLs have only ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE or
- ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE. */
- if (ACE4_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE < type)
- return 1;
-
- /* RFC 7530 says FLAG should be 0, but be generous to NetApp and
- also accept the group flag. */
- if (flag & ~ACE4_IDENTIFIER_GROUP)
- return 1;
-
- /* Get the who string. Check NBYTES - WHOLEN4 before storing
- into NBYTES, to avoid truncation on conversion. */
- if (nbytes - wholen4 < 0)
- return -1;
- nbytes -= wholen4;
-
- /* For a trivial ACL, max 6 (typically 3) ACEs, 3 allow, 3 deny.
- Check that there is at most one ACE of each TYPE and WHO. */
- int who2
- = (wholen == 6 && memcmp (xattr, "OWNER@", 6) == 0 ? 0
- : wholen == 6 && memcmp (xattr, "GROUP@", 6) == 0 ? 2
- : wholen == 9 && memcmp (xattr, "EVERYONE@", 9) == 0 ? 4
- : -1);
- if (who2 < 0)
- return 1;
- int ace_found_bit = 1 << (who2 | type);
- if (ace_found & ace_found_bit)
- return 1;
- ace_found |= ace_found_bit;
-
- xattr += whowords;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Return 1 if NAME has a nontrivial access control list,
- 0 if ACLs are not supported, or if NAME has no or only a base ACL,
- and -1 (setting errno) on error. Note callers can determine
- if ACLs are not supported as errno is set in that case also.
- SB must be set to the stat buffer of NAME,
- obtained through stat() or lstat(). */
-
-int
-file_has_acl (char const *name, struct stat const *sb)
-{
-#if USE_ACL
- if (! S_ISLNK (sb->st_mode))
- {
-
-# if GETXATTR_WITH_POSIX_ACLS
-
- ssize_t ret;
- int initial_errno = errno;
-
- ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_ACCESS, NULL, 0);
- if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
- ret = 0;
- else if (ret > 0)
- return 1;
-
- if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
- {
- ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_POSIX_ACL_DEFAULT, NULL, 0);
- if (ret < 0 && errno == ENODATA)
- ret = 0;
- else if (ret > 0)
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (ret < 0)
- {
- /* Check for NFSv4 ACLs. The max length of a trivial
- ACL is 6 words for owner, 6 for group, 7 for everyone,
- all times 2 because there are both allow and deny ACEs.
- There are 6 words for owner because of type, flag, mask,
- wholen, "OWNER@"+pad and similarly for group; everyone is
- another word to hold "EVERYONE@". */
- uint32_t xattr[2 * (6 + 6 + 7)];
-
- ret = getxattr (name, XATTR_NAME_NFSV4_ACL, xattr, sizeof xattr);
- if (ret < 0)
- switch (errno)
- {
- case ENODATA: return 0;
- case ERANGE : return 1; /* ACL must be nontrivial. */
- }
- else
- {
- /* It looks like a trivial ACL, but investigate further. */
- ret = acl_nfs4_nontrivial (xattr, ret);
- if (ret < 0)
- {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return ret;
- }
- errno = initial_errno;
- }
- }
- if (ret < 0)
- return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
- return ret;
-
-# elif HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
-
- /* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version. */
- /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- int ret;
-
- if (HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE) /* Linux */
- {
- /* On Linux, acl_extended_file is an optimized function: It only
- makes two calls to getxattr(), one for ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, one for
- ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT. */
- ret = acl_extended_file (name);
- }
- else /* FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- {
-# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
- /* On Mac OS X, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
- and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
- always return NULL / EINVAL. There is no point in making
- these two useless calls. The real ACL is retrieved through
- acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED). */
- acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED);
- if (acl)
- {
- ret = acl_extended_nontrivial (acl);
- acl_free (acl);
- }
- else
- ret = -1;
-# else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- acl_t acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
- if (acl)
- {
- int saved_errno;
-
- ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
- saved_errno = errno;
- acl_free (acl);
- errno = saved_errno;
-# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
- /* On OSF/1, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) always
- returns NULL with errno not set. There is no point in
- making this call. */
-# else /* FreeBSD, IRIX, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- /* On Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
- and acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT) on a directory
- either both succeed or both fail; it depends on the
- file system. Therefore there is no point in making the second
- call if the first one already failed. */
- if (ret == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb->st_mode))
- {
- acl = acl_get_file (name, ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT);
- if (acl)
- {
-# ifdef __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin >= 2.5 */
- ret = acl_access_nontrivial (acl);
- saved_errno = errno;
- acl_free (acl);
- errno = saved_errno;
-# else
- ret = (0 < acl_entries (acl));
- acl_free (acl);
-# endif
- }
- else
- ret = -1;
- }
-# endif
- }
- else
- ret = -1;
-# endif
- }
- if (ret < 0)
- return - acl_errno_valid (errno);
- return ret;
-
-# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
-
-# if defined ACL_NO_TRIVIAL
-
- /* Solaris 10 (newer version), which has additional API declared in
- (acl_t) and implemented in libsec (acl_set, acl_trivial,
- acl_fromtext, ...). */
- return acl_trivial (name);
-
-# else /* Solaris, Cygwin, general case */
-
- /* Solaris 2.5 through Solaris 10, Cygwin, and contemporaneous versions
- of Unixware. The acl() call returns the access and default ACL both
- at once. */
- {
- /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
- Use malloc if it does not fit. */
- enum
- {
- alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (aclent_t), /* >= 3 */
- alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (aclent_t))
- };
- aclent_t buf[alloc_init];
- size_t alloc = alloc_init;
- aclent_t *entries = buf;
- aclent_t *malloced = NULL;
- int count;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- count = acl (name, GETACL, alloc, entries);
- if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
- {
- /* Increase the size of the buffer. */
- free (malloced);
- if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
- {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
- entries = malloced =
- (aclent_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (aclent_t));
- if (entries == NULL)
- {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- continue;
- }
- break;
- }
- if (count < 0)
- {
- if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
- ;
- else
- {
- free (malloced);
- return -1;
- }
- }
- else if (count == 0)
- ;
- else
- {
- /* Don't use MIN_ACL_ENTRIES: It's set to 4 on Cygwin, but Cygwin
- returns only 3 entries for files with no ACL. But this is safe:
- If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
- "user::", "group::", "other:", and "mask:" entries. */
- if (count > 4)
- {
- free (malloced);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (acl_nontrivial (count, entries))
- {
- free (malloced);
- return 1;
- }
- }
- free (malloced);
- }
-
-# ifdef ACE_GETACL
- /* Solaris also has a different variant of ACLs, used in ZFS and NFSv4
- file systems (whereas the other ones are used in UFS file systems). */
- {
- /* Initially, try to read the entries into a stack-allocated buffer.
- Use malloc if it does not fit. */
- enum
- {
- alloc_init = 4000 / sizeof (ace_t), /* >= 3 */
- alloc_max = MIN (INT_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ace_t))
- };
- ace_t buf[alloc_init];
- size_t alloc = alloc_init;
- ace_t *entries = buf;
- ace_t *malloced = NULL;
- int count;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- count = acl (name, ACE_GETACL, alloc, entries);
- if (count < 0 && errno == ENOSPC)
- {
- /* Increase the size of the buffer. */
- free (malloced);
- if (alloc > alloc_max / 2)
- {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- alloc = 2 * alloc; /* <= alloc_max */
- entries = malloced = (ace_t *) malloc (alloc * sizeof (ace_t));
- if (entries == NULL)
- {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- continue;
- }
- break;
- }
- if (count < 0)
- {
- if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EINVAL)
- ;
- else
- {
- free (malloced);
- return -1;
- }
- }
- else if (count == 0)
- ;
- else
- {
- /* In the old (original Solaris 10) convention:
- If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
- ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_OTHER entries.
- In the newer Solaris 10 and Solaris 11 convention:
- If there are more than 6 entries, there cannot be only the
- ACE_OWNER, ACE_GROUP, ACE_EVERYONE entries, each once with
- NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE and once with
- NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE. */
- if (count > 6)
- {
- free (malloced);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (acl_ace_nontrivial (count, entries))
- {
- free (malloced);
- return 1;
- }
- }
- free (malloced);
- }
-# endif
-
- return 0;
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
-
- {
- struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
- int count;
-
- count = getacl (name, NACLENTRIES, entries);
-
- if (count < 0)
- {
- /* ENOSYS is seen on newer HP-UX versions.
- EOPNOTSUPP is typically seen on NFS mounts.
- ENOTSUP was seen on Quantum StorNext file systems (cvfs). */
- if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == ENOTSUP)
- ;
- else
- return -1;
- }
- else if (count == 0)
- return 0;
- else /* count > 0 */
- {
- if (count > NACLENTRIES)
- /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
- allocation. */
- abort ();
-
- /* If there are more than 3 entries, there cannot be only the
- (uid,%), (%,gid), (%,%) entries. */
- if (count > 3)
- return 1;
-
- {
- struct stat statbuf;
-
- if (stat (name, &statbuf) == -1 && errno != EOVERFLOW)
- return -1;
-
- return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
- }
- }
- }
-
-# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
-
- {
- struct acl entries[NACLVENTRIES];
- int count;
-
- count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLVENTRIES, entries);
-
- if (count < 0)
- {
- /* EOPNOTSUPP is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.11, 11.23.
- EINVAL is seen on NFS in HP-UX 11.31. */
- if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == EOPNOTSUPP || errno == EINVAL)
- ;
- else
- return -1;
- }
- else if (count == 0)
- return 0;
- else /* count > 0 */
- {
- if (count > NACLVENTRIES)
- /* If NACLVENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
- allocation. */
- abort ();
-
- /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
- four base ACL entries. */
- if (count > 4)
- return 1;
-
- return aclv_nontrivial (count, entries);
- }
- }
-
-# endif
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* AIX */
-
- acl_type_t type;
- char aclbuf[1024];
- void *acl = aclbuf;
- size_t aclsize = sizeof (aclbuf);
- mode_t mode;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- /* The docs say that type being 0 is equivalent to ACL_ANY, but it
- is not true, in AIX 5.3. */
- type.u64 = ACL_ANY;
- if (aclx_get (name, 0, &type, aclbuf, &aclsize, &mode) >= 0)
- break;
- if (errno == ENOSYS)
- return 0;
- if (errno != ENOSPC)
- {
- if (acl != aclbuf)
- free (acl);
- return -1;
- }
- aclsize = 2 * aclsize;
- if (acl != aclbuf)
- free (acl);
- acl = malloc (aclsize);
- if (acl == NULL)
- {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- if (type.u64 == ACL_AIXC)
- {
- int result = acl_nontrivial ((struct acl *) acl);
- if (acl != aclbuf)
- free (acl);
- return result;
- }
- else if (type.u64 == ACL_NFS4)
- {
- int result = acl_nfs4_nontrivial ((nfs4_acl_int_t *) acl);
- if (acl != aclbuf)
- free (acl);
- return result;
- }
- else
- {
- /* A newer type of ACL has been introduced in the system.
- We should better support it. */
- if (acl != aclbuf)
- free (acl);
- errno = EINVAL;
- return -1;
- }
-
-# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
-
- union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
-
- if (statacl ((char *) name, STX_NORMAL, &u.a, sizeof (u)) < 0)
- return -1;
-
- return acl_nontrivial (&u.a);
-
-# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
-
- {
- struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
- int count;
-
- count = acl ((char *) name, ACL_GET, NACLENTRIES, entries);
-
- if (count < 0)
- {
- if (errno == ENOSYS || errno == ENOTSUP)
- ;
- else
- return -1;
- }
- else if (count == 0)
- return 0;
- else /* count > 0 */
- {
- if (count > NACLENTRIES)
- /* If NACLENTRIES cannot be trusted, use dynamic memory
- allocation. */
- abort ();
-
- /* If there are more than 4 entries, there cannot be only the
- four base ACL entries. */
- if (count > 4)
- return 1;
-
- return acl_nontrivial (count, entries);
- }
- }
-
-# endif
- }
-#endif
-
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/filemode.c b/cross/lib/filemode.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 318d287f27d..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/filemode.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-
- Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000, 2004, 2006, 2009-2023 Free
- Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#include
-
-#include "filemode.h"
-
-#if ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
-
-/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
- file mode BITS:
- '-' regular file
- 'b' block special file
- 'c' character special file
- 'C' high performance ("contiguous data") file
- 'd' directory
- 'D' door
- 'l' symbolic link
- 'm' multiplexed file (7th edition Unix; obsolete)
- 'n' network special file (HP-UX)
- 'p' fifo (named pipe)
- 'P' port
- 's' socket
- 'w' whiteout (4.4BSD)
- '?' some other file type */
-
-static char
-ftypelet (mode_t bits)
-{
- /* These are the most common, so test for them first. */
- if (S_ISREG (bits))
- return '-';
- if (S_ISDIR (bits))
- return 'd';
-
- /* Other letters standardized by POSIX 1003.1-2004. */
- if (S_ISBLK (bits))
- return 'b';
- if (S_ISCHR (bits))
- return 'c';
- if (S_ISLNK (bits))
- return 'l';
- if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
- return 'p';
-
- /* Other file types (though not letters) standardized by POSIX. */
- if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
- return 's';
-
- /* Nonstandard file types. */
- if (S_ISCTG (bits))
- return 'C';
- if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
- return 'D';
- if (S_ISMPB (bits) || S_ISMPC (bits) || S_ISMPX (bits))
- return 'm';
- if (S_ISNWK (bits))
- return 'n';
- if (S_ISPORT (bits))
- return 'P';
- if (S_ISWHT (bits))
- return 'w';
-
- return '?';
-}
-
-/* Like filemodestring, but rely only on MODE. */
-
-void
-strmode (mode_t mode, char *str)
-{
- str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
- str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
- str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
- str[3] = (mode & S_ISUID
- ? (mode & S_IXUSR ? 's' : 'S')
- : (mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-'));
- str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
- str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
- str[6] = (mode & S_ISGID
- ? (mode & S_IXGRP ? 's' : 'S')
- : (mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-'));
- str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
- str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
- str[9] = (mode & S_ISVTX
- ? (mode & S_IXOTH ? 't' : 'T')
- : (mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-'));
- str[10] = ' ';
- str[11] = '\0';
-}
-
-#endif /* ! HAVE_DECL_STRMODE */
-
-/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
- representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
- 12 characters are stored in STR.
- The characters stored in STR are:
-
- 0 File type, as in ftypelet above, except that other letters are used
- for files whose type cannot be determined solely from st_mode:
-
- 'F' semaphore
- 'Q' message queue
- 'S' shared memory object
- 'T' typed memory object
-
- 1 'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 2 'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 3 'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
- set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
- 'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
- bit isn't set.
-
- 4 'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 5 'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 6 'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
- set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
- 'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
-
- 7 'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
-
- 8 'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
-
- 9 'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
- (will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
- otherwise.
- 'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.
-
- 10 ' ' for compatibility with 4.4BSD strmode,
- since this interface does not support ACLs.
-
- 11 '\0'. */
-
-void
-filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str)
-{
- strmode (statp->st_mode, str);
-
- if (S_TYPEISSEM (statp))
- str[0] = 'F';
- else if (S_TYPEISMQ (statp))
- str[0] = 'Q';
- else if (S_TYPEISSHM (statp))
- str[0] = 'S';
- else if (S_TYPEISTMO (statp))
- str[0] = 'T';
-}
diff --git a/cross/lib/filemode.h b/cross/lib/filemode.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a8dcc3760..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/filemode.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/* Make a string describing file modes.
-
- Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2003, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
- Inc.
-
- This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see . */
-
-#ifndef FILEMODE_H_
-
-# include
-# include
-
-/* Get the declaration of strmode. */
-# if HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
-# include /* Mac OS X, FreeBSD, OpenBSD */
-# include /* NetBSD */
-# endif
-
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-# endif
-
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRMODE
-extern void strmode (mode_t mode, char *str);
-# endif
-
-extern void filemodestring (struct stat const *statp, char *str);
-
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-# endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/cross/lib/filename.h b/cross/lib/filename.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a2400a9dfe3..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/filename.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/* Basic filename support macros.
- Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
- The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
- . */
-
-/* From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
-
-#ifndef _FILENAME_H
-#define _FILENAME_H
-
-#include
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Filename support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator
- character.
- HAS_DEVICE(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
- specification.
- FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) length of the device specification
- at the beginning of Filename,
- index of the part consisting of
- alternating components and slashes.
- FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
- 1 when a non-empty device specification
- can be followed by an empty or relative
- part,
- 0 when a non-empty device specification
- must be followed by a slash,
- 0 when device specification don't exist.
- IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
- tests whether Filename is independent of
- any notion of "current directory".
- IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
- tests whether Filename may be concatenated
- to a directory filename.
- Note: On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, "c:" is neither an absolute nor a
- relative file name!
- IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
- or directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ \
- || defined __EMX__ || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
- /* Internal macro: Tests whether a character is a drive letter. */
-# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
- (((C) >= 'A' && (C) <= 'Z') || ((C) >= 'a' && (C) <= 'z'))
- /* Help the compiler optimizing it. This assumes ASCII. */
-# undef _IS_DRIVE_LETTER
-# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
- (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' <= 'z' - 'a')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) \
- (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':')
-# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) (HAS_DEVICE (Filename) ? 2 : 0)
-# ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
-# else
- /* On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, the system has the notion of a
- "current directory" on each drive. */
-# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
-# endif
-# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
- ISSLASH ((Filename)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (Filename)])
-# else
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
- (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
-# endif
-# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
- (! (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename)))
-# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) \
- (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL || strchr ((Filename), '\\') != NULL \
- || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
-# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
-# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) ISSLASH ((Filename)[0])
-# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) (! ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]))
-# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL)
-#endif
-
-/* Deprecated macros. For backward compatibility with old users of the
- 'filename' module. */
-#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME
-#define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
diff --git a/cross/lib/filevercmp.c b/cross/lib/filevercmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 78e1faff536..00000000000
--- a/cross/lib/filevercmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/* Compare file names containing version numbers.
-
- Copyright (C) 1995 Ian Jackson
- Copyright (C) 2001 Anthony Towns
- Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
- published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
- License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
- along with this program. If not, see